{"title":"Small seed packets from Seeds to Sow","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmall seed packets from Seeds to Sow are the perfect choice for gardeners looking for variety without the commitment of large quantities. These packets are ideal for anyone who wants to experiment with different plant varieties or is limited on space. Starting at just 55p, our small seed packets provide an affordable option for planting a range of flowers, vegetables, and herbs in your garden, pots, or balcony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet includes essential information about the seeds, such as planting instructions and care tips, ensuring that both novice and experienced gardeners can achieve success. The guidance provided helps you understand not only how to grow the plants but also how to care for them as they develop. This makes small seed packets from Seeds to Sow a cost effective first step for new gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdditionally, small seed packets from Seeds to Sow make excellent gifts for gardening enthusiasts. They allow recipients to explore new plants and expand their collections without the pressure of larger quantities. These small packets can inspire creativity and experimentation in gardening, making them a delightful way for anyone to grow something beautiful this season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith such a variety available, including flowers that bloom in stunning colors, vegetables that provide fresh produce, and herbs that enhance your culinary dishes, the options are endless. Whether you're gifting a passionate gardener or treating yourself, our small seed packets are designed to cater to different preferences and gardening styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDon't miss out on the opportunity to explore your gardening potential with small seed packets from Seeds to Sow. These packets are not only economical but practical to help start your gardening experience. Start your gardening journey today!\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"beetroot-boltardy","title":"Beetroot Boltardy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoltardy\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of our favourite and most reliable beetroot varieties with smooth skin, evenly shaped globe roots and deep ruby red sweet flesh. It is often exhibited and \u003cstrong\u003egrows really well in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the name suggests it has excellent resistance to bolting and means that it can be sown as early as March (in a cold frame or cloche) in most areas. This is a popular variety to grow with children given the reliability and they will love the varied uses; such as baking it in cakes, or making beetroot ice cream and smoothies!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable height=\"1129\" style=\"width: 468px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eMarch to July (Early March in a cold frame or under cloches for an earlier crop and sown in July to produce baby beet in the autumn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 2cm (3\/4\") deep with 30cm (12\") between rows. It is best to sow beetroot seeds directly into the ground (or container) when the temperature of the soil has warmed to about 7°C (44°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eEach 'seed' is actually a fruit composed of three or four seeds. Thin the seedlings gradually as they grow to an eventual spacing of 10cm (4\"). If carefully removed, the seedlings can be transplanted to form additional rows. Once the roots have developed and they start to swell, beetroots need to be watered moderately. Beetroot has shallow roots and it is important to keep the plants moist. If they experience long dry periods, the beetroot will become hairy and fibrous. Intermittent or inadequate watering can result in stress cracks and breakdown of roots. Don't overwater as this only encourages leaf growth and not bulb growth. During cool weather, the plants can be watered once a week. During very hot weather, less water can be given two to three times a week instead of a lot of water once a week. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eJune to October - To harvest lift carefully, twist off stems with your hands to prevent the plants bleeding their juice. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eThe seeds require plenty of moisture to germinate. Soaking them in warm water for an hour or two prior to planting is a great way to speed up germination. Prevent a glut when planting beetroot by sowing your seed in stages, a small batch at a time every couple of weeks,  will give a continuous harvest. If the soil is well drained ( or they are grown in a container) they be left in soil for winter in mild areas. Cover with a layer of straw for extra protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eGood Companions - Onions, Silver beet, Kohlrabi, Lettuce, Cabbage, Dwarf Beans. Aromatic Herbs, Celery, Chamomile, Spinach, Chard. Bad Companions - tall beans, runner beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eRich in beta carotene calcium , iron \u0026amp; folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 119px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 333px;\"\u003eThe deep-red roots can be eaten cooked (boiled, steamed or roasted as  a vegetable), hot or cold, or grated raw in salads. Small beets are also excellent pickled. The young leaves are also edible and can be eaten raw in salads or cooked like spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"150","offer_id":25528304648,"sku":"BE-BOL-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":25528783816,"sku":"BE-BOL-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Boltardy.png?v=1549730527"},{"product_id":"beetroot-chioggia","title":"Beetroot \"Tonda Di Chioggia\"","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChioggia \u003c\/strong\u003eis an Italian\u003cstrong\u003e heritage \u003c\/strong\u003evariety with pink and white concentric rings (hence the alternative names of \"bullseye\" or \"candy stripe\") which looks beautiful when sliced raw. The rings do tend to fade when cooked but don't let this put you off as Chioggia has a lovely mild and sweet flavour.\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 468px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eMarch to July \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e(Early March in a cold frame or under cloches for an earlier crop and sown in July to produce baby beet in the autumn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 2cm (3\/4\") deep with 30cm (12\") between rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIt is best to sow beetroot seeds directly into the ground (or container) when the temperature of the soil has warmed to about 7°C (44°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"8\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eEach 'seed' is actually a fruit composed of three or four seeds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/seedstosow.co.uk\/pages\/useful-information\" title=\"Thin out\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eThin\u003c\/a\u003e the seedlings gradually as they grow to an eventual spacing of 10cm (4\").\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIf carefully removed, the seedlings can be transplanted to form additional rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eOnce the roots have developed and they start to swell, beetroots need to be watered moderately.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBeetroot has shallow roots and it is important to keep the plants moist. If they experience long dry periods, the beetroot will become hairy and fibrous. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIntermittent or inadequate watering can result in stress cracks and breakdown of roots. Don't overwater as this only encourages leaf growth and not bulb growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDuring cool weather, the plants can be watered once a week. During very hot weather, less water can be given two to three times a week instead of a lot of water once a week.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eTo harvest lift carefully, twist off stems with your hands to prevent the plants bleeding their juice. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eJune to October\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDon't be tempted to sow Chioggia to early as it does have a tendency to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe seeds require plenty of moisture to germinate. Soaking them in warm water for an hour or two prior to planting is a great way to speed up germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003ePrevent a glut when planting beetroot by sowing your seed in stages, a small batch at a time every couple of weeks,  will give a continuous harvest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIf the soil is well drained (or they are grown in a pot or container) they be left in the soil for winter in mild areas. Cover with a layer of straw for extra protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eGood Companions - Onions, Kohlrabi, Lettuce, Cabbage, Dwarf Beans. Aromatic Herbs, Celery, Chamomile, Spinach, Chard.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBad Companions - tall beans, runner beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eRich in beta carotene calcium , iron \u0026amp; folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe roots can be eaten cooked (boiled, steamed or roasted as  a vegetable), hot or cold, or grated raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSmall beets are also excellent pickled.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe young leaves are also edible and can be eaten raw in salads or cooked like spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"50","offer_id":27338600392,"sku":"BE-CHI-003b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":26731482568,"sku":"BE-CHI-003","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Chioggia.png?v=1549730526"},{"product_id":"beetroot-rainbow-mix","title":"Beetroot Rainbow Mix","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA mix of 4 specially selected beetroot varieties\u003c\/strong\u003e, all with a striking colour, which when served together will give a fun rainbow display whether in a salad or roasted vegetable dish. \u003cstrong\u003eBeetroot Boltardy\u003c\/strong\u003e is a deep red colour, \u003cstrong\u003eChioggia\u003c\/strong\u003e has pink and white concentric rings, \u003cstrong\u003eGolden\u003c\/strong\u003e has attractive globe shaped orange-yellow roots that turn golden yellow when cooked and \u003cstrong\u003eAlbina Ice\u003c\/strong\u003e is a truly white beetroot which does not bleed when cut. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eChildren will love playing lucky dip when they harvest these beetroot and they are great for making beetroot crisps!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 468px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eMarch to July \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e(Early March in a cold frame or under cloches for an earlier crop and sown in July to produce baby beet in the autumn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 2cm (3\/4\") deep with 30cm (12\") between rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIt is best to sow beetroot seeds directly into the ground (or container) when the temperature of the soil has warmed to about 7°C (44°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"8\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eEach 'seed' is actually a fruit composed of three or four seeds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThin the seedlings gradually as they grow to an eventual spacing of 10cm (4\").\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIf carefully removed, the seedlings can be transplanted to form additional rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eOnce the roots have developed and they start to swell, beetroots need to be watered moderately.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBeetroot has shallow roots and it is important to keep the plants moist. If they experience long dry periods, the beetroot will become hairy and fibrous. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIntermittent or inadequate watering can result in stress cracks and breakdown of roots. Don't overwater as this only encourages leaf growth and not bulb growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDuring cool weather, the plants can be watered once a week. During very hot weather, less water can be given two to three times a week instead of a lot of water once a week.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eTo harvest lift carefully, twist off stems with your hands to prevent the plants bleeding their juice. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eJune to October\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDon't be tempted to sow Chioggia to early as it does have a tendency to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/seedstosow.co.uk\/pages\/useful-information\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Bolt\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003ebolt\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe seeds require plenty of moisture to germinate. Soaking them in warm water for an hour or two prior to planting is a great way to speed up germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003ePrevent a glut when planting beetroot by sowing your seed in stages, a small batch at a time every couple of weeks,  will give a continuous harvest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIf the soil is well drained (or they are grown in a pot or container) they be left in the soil for winter in mild areas. Cover with a layer of straw for extra protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eGood Companions - Onions, Kohlrabi, Lettuce, Cabbage, Dwarf Beans. Aromatic Herbs, Celery, Chamomile, Spinach, Chard.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eBad Companions - tall beans, runner beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eRich in beta carotene calcium , iron \u0026amp; folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe roots can be eaten cooked (boiled, steamed or roasted as  a vegetable), hot or cold, or grated raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSmall beets are also excellent pickled.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThe young leaves are also edible and can be eaten raw in salads or cooked like spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"150","offer_id":26732041288,"sku":"BE-RAI-004","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27338633480,"sku":"BE-RAI-004b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Rainbow_Mix.png?v=1549730529"},{"product_id":"broccoli-raab-cima-di-rapa","title":"Broccoli Raab (Cima Di Rapa)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBroccoli Raab\u003c\/strong\u003e have Broccoli 'like' tender shoots, produced on dwarf plants which have a very long growing season. Easy and fast to grow (ready in just 60 days) Raab can be a good substitute to ordinary Broccoli, however it is a great vegetable in its own right and used extensively in both Chinese and Italian cuisine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow February to May and then again August to October (early and late sowings may benefit from being under cloche protection). June and July sowings can be made but the plants are more likely to bolt. Fertile, moisture retentive soil preferred.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow thinly in pre-watered rows 1.5cm (1\/2in) deep and 30cm (12in) between each row. Plants will germinate in 7 to 14 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eThin out seedlings to 25cm (10in) apart and transplant seedlings to fill gaps. Water well, until plants are well established. Plants will be ready to harvest in approx. 60 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eHarvest plants before buds open, at a height of 25 to 38 cm (10 to 15 in).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eRegular sowings every 2 to 3 weeks will ensure a continuous supply from May through to October. If harvested carefully the plant will often resprout several times giving a second or third harvest.  To achieve this, cut the plants where the stem tissue ceases to be tough and becomes succulent. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eTomato, cucumber, onion, lettuce, chard, celery, bush bean, potato, beet, carrot, and spinach.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eCalcium, potassium, iron, and vitamins K, C, and A. Rich with antioxidants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eCook Broccoli Raab like you would sprouting broccoli - sautéed, boiled or steamed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26753044936,"sku":"BRO-RAA-003-","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27338927304,"sku":"BRO-RAA-003b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Broccoli_Raab.png?v=1734514605"},{"product_id":"cabbage-golden-acre-earliest-of-all","title":"Cabbage Golden Acre Earliest of all","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn excellent early summer ball head cabbage produced on a compact plant which is great for successional sowing and will mature in approximately 10 weeks. it is therefore, \u003cstrong\u003eperfect for pots\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as the main vegetable plot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tight green heads have great texture and flavour and are delicious cooked or shredded raw in salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow successionally from February to June. Early sowings should be under a cloche, in a propagator on a windowsill or in a greenhouse.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eSow seed thinly in a prepared seed bed in shallow drills 1.5cm (3\/4\") deep. Keep well watered. Once the seeds have germinated, thin the seedlings to 8cm (3in) between each plant ensuring they are planted firmly and deep to anchor them in the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are between 6 and 8cm high ( 2.5 to 3in) high they are ready for transplanting to their final growing site. Water well the day before transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eCover young plants with a protective netting or fleece to prevent attack from birds and insects. Place a collar around the stem of each plant to prevent cabbage root fly attacks. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eMint: Useful against Cabbage White Butterflies, Aphids and Flea Beetles, Thyme: To ward off Cabbage worm. Also useful: Sage, Oregano, and Nasturtium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003eExcellent source of vitamins A, C and B, Iron and Potassium. The darkest leaves contain the most nutrients. Low in calories!\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 145px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 303px;\"\u003ePick the tender Spring Greens and sauté in butter or serve with garlic and lemon juice. The use for the mature cabbages are endless - a few suggestions would be to use them in coleslaw, a stir fry, spring rolls ,soups and stews.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":26754746888,"sku":"CA-GAE-003","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27339438600,"sku":"CA-GAE-003b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Golden_Acre.png?v=1549730536"},{"product_id":"carrot-chantenay-2-red-cored","title":"Carrot Chantenay 2 Red Cored","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarrot Chantenay 2 Red Cored\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stump rooted variety which is perfectly suited for growing in pots or containers from early in the season and then successionally through to late summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has evenly shaped orange stump roots, that can be harvested for almost 5 month of the year, giving you a delicious sweet crisp carrot, one that children will love. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 462px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eSow successionally from March to August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eCarrots grow best in light, deep, fertile, well drained and stone free soil. If your soil is too heavy or compacted, they can be grown in a deep pot or container. Carrots do not like recently manured soils so beds are best prepared during the previous autumn. Sow carrot seeds, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, in Rows 30cm apart outdoors. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts. Sow the seeds as thinly as you can to minimise future thinning, which can attract carrot root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings start to show their first set of leaves, thin out leaving 5 to 7cm between each seedling. It is best to thin seedlings on a still evening after watering. Ensure that you remove all unused seedlings or alternatively, if you have sown thinly enough, wait until you have some young carrots which can be pulled to  'thin as you eat'. Use a fleece to cover seedlings to protect from carrot root fly. Water enough to ensure that soil does not dry out, but do not over water as this can encourage leaf rather than root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eAugust to December.(approx. 70 days after sowing). Harvest in the evening by pulling out roots carefully or by using a hand fork to ease out the roots. Water soil before harvesting if the soil is dry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eAs carrot seeds are very small and difficult to handle, to aid in sowing thinly, mix the carrot seeds with a small amount of horticultural sand and sprinkle this mixture along a prepared seed drill. To further deter carrot root fly ( which are low flying)  consider surrounding carrot bed with a fleece barrier at least 60cm high. Earth up around growing carrots to prevent green crowns. Ensure all carrots are harvested before first heavy frosts. Remove leaves 1cm above root and place in layers, covered by light sand and store somewhere cool and dry. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eChives, Garlic, Rosemary, Sage, spring onion, Leeks and mint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eHigh in antioxidant beta-carotene which converts to vitamin A in the body.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eHome-grown carrots smell and taste sweeter than any shop bought variety and therefore they are delicious eaten raw in salads or as crudités with dips. They can be cooked and served in many ways (boiled, steamed, roasted, glazed, mashed, stir fried or made into soup or added to casseroles and cakes). Just avoid over cooking them to ensure they retain all their nutrients and beautiful sweetness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27341065992,"sku":"CAR-CRC-002-","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27341768392,"sku":"CAR-CRC-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Chantenay_2_Red_Cored.png?v=1549730541"},{"product_id":"carrot-early-nantes-2","title":"Carrot Early Nantes 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Nantes 2\u003c\/strong\u003e is a\u003cstrong\u003e heritage variety\u003c\/strong\u003e from Nantes in France where it was a kitchen garden favourite due to its sweet flavour and tender orange (and virtually coreless) flesh. It can be grown both as a second early or as a maincrop carrot and it has long cylindrical stump rooted carrots which are rounder at both the top and the tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 470px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eSow successionally from Feb to August. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eCarrots grow best in light, deep, fertile, well drained and stone free soil. If your soil is too heavy or compacted, they can be grown in a deep pot or container. Carrots do not like recently manured soils so beds are best prepared during the previous autumn. Sow carrot seeds, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, in Rows 30cm apart outdoors. Cover early sowings with a fleece to protect from hard frosts. Sow the seeds as thinly as you can to minimise future thinning, which can attract carrot root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings start to show their first set of leaves, thin out leaving 5 to 7cm between each seedling. It is best to thin seedlings on a still evening after watering. Ensure that you remove all unused seedlings or alternatively, if you have sown thinly enough, wait until you have some young carrots which can be pulled to  'thin as you eat'. Use a fleece to cover seedlings to protect from carrot root fly. Water enough to ensure that soil does not dry out, but do not over water as this can encourage leaf rather than root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eJune to October (approx. 110 days after sowing). Harvest in the evening by pulling out roots carefully or by using a hand fork to ease out the roots. Water soil before harvesting if the soil is dry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eAs carrot seeds are very small and difficult to handle, to aid in sowing thinly, mix the carrot seeds with a small amount of horticultural sand and sprinkle this mixture along a prepared seed drill. To further deter carrot root fly ( which are low flying)  consider surrounding carrot bed with a fleece barrier at least 60cm high. Earth up around growing carrots to prevent green crowns. Ensure all carrots are harvested before first heavy frosts. Remove leaves 1cm above root and place in layers, covered by light sand and store somewhere cool and dry. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eChives, Garlic, Rosemary, Sage, spring onion, Leeks and mint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eHigh in antioxidant beta-carotene which converts to vitamin A in the body.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 335px;\"\u003eHome-grown carrots taste sweeter than any shop bought variety and therefore they are delicious eaten raw in salads or as crudités with dips. They can be cooked and served in many ways (boiled, steamed, roasted, glazed, mashed, stir fried or made into soup or added to casseroles). Just avoid over cooking them to ensure they retain all their nutrients and sweetness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27345599368,"sku":"CAR-EAN-003-","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27548047432,"sku":"CR-EAN-003b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_early_nantes.png?v=1549730541"},{"product_id":"courgette-atena-f1","title":"Courgette Atena F1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCourgette Atena F1 \u003c\/strong\u003eis a \u003cstrong\u003ehybrid variety\u003c\/strong\u003e that produces an early and heavy crop of bright golden - yellow fruits which have a crisp flesh with excellent sweet flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact plant makes it ideal to grow in a pot or container in a sunny sheltered spot, with its yellow flowers and fruit providing both interest and contrast to your patio or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eApril to May indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2.5cm (1 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into the final growing position either in a seed bed or in a large pot or container, ensuring that each plant is 1m, in each direction, from its nearest neighbour. Sow seeds on their sides 2.5cm (1 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives. If there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eOnce the seedling has its first pair of leaves and a third leaf is just appearing, transplant into a larger pot. Harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in their final growing position (once the risk of frost has passed). \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eProtect succulent young growth from slugs and snails. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eRegularly harvest the Courgette fruits to encourage more growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eCourgettes have both male and female flowers,  with the female bearing the fruit once it has been pollinated by the pollen from the male flower. To encourage pollination it is advisable to plant 2 to 3 courgette plants (each plant will produce up to 20 fruit) at a time and then leave the rest to the bees.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eAs courgettes are heat loving plants, a pot or container in the warmest spot on the patio  is one of the best places to grow courgettes and you won't be disappointed with their beautiful yellow flower displays in the height of summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eThe more you pick, the more you will grow! Harvest the courgette by cutting away at the stem with a sharp knife when they are between 10 -20cm long. If you leave off harvesting, the courgettes will grow as big as 25-35 cm. This takes more energy from the plant and you will not harvest as many courgettes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eFruits that directly touch the soil can rot in wet weather so it is advisable to mulch with straw around the base of the plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eThe leaves of the courgettes are susceptible to powdery mildew therefore remove any infected leaves as soon as they appear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Radishes, Garlic, Beans and Peas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eCourgettes are very healthy and contain lots of Vitamin B and C as well as Calcium, Iron and Phosphate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eCourgettes are extremely versatile and can be baked, grilled, steamed, stewed, roasted, stir fried or eaten raw.  Served simply roasted with a topping of  grated Parmesan cheese, garlic and seasoning is absolutely delicious. The flowers are also edible and can be stuffed with cream cheese, battered and deep fried. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":27347321224,"sku":"CO-ATE-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"5","offer_id":27347321352,"sku":"CO-ATE-002b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapAttenaF1New.png?v=1699468943"},{"product_id":"french-bean-climbing-borlotto-lingua-di-fuoco","title":"French Bean Climbing 'Borlotto Lingua di Fuoco'","description":"\u003cp\u003eLiterally meaning 'Tongue of Fire',\u003cstrong\u003e Borlotto Lingua Di Fuoco\u003c\/strong\u003e is a very striking green bean covered with streaks of red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multi purpose, Italian \u003cstrong\u003eHeritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety, can either be eaten young in the pod or shelled and eaten as a flageolet bean with a soft nutty flavour. This a very attractive climbing bean looks wonderful in the garden either in a \u003cstrong\u003epot\/container\u003c\/strong\u003e or in a garden bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors late April and May, outdoors in late May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors in compost filled pots 4cm (1.5in) deep. Place in a warm sunny position and water regularly until they germinate. Sow direct outdoors, placing 2 seeds at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart), 4 cm ( 1.5in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eIt is best to construct a support prior to sowing or planting beans. They will climb up sticks, canes, heavy sting, wire or mesh nylon net. The support could be in the form of a wigwam of canes or  mesh net attached to 2 horizontal posts approx. 1.8m in height.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench beans prefer moist, fertile soil in a sunny position, sheltered from strong winds. Prepare the seed bed or pot\/container by digging over and adding plenty of organic material to help retain moisture. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eTransplant seeds sown indoors to a final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. Place a seedling at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart) and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown direct, remove the weakest seedling at each support station. As the seedlings grow encourage them to grow up the support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePrior to sowing place seeds on damp paper towelling until they swell as this will initiate germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eTry sowing beans in compost filled toilet roll cardboard inners, this allows the soil to be free draining and also allows gives the roots plenty of room to grow. When the seedlings are ready to plant out the cardboard rolls they can be placed directly into the seed bed minimising root disturbance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eOnce the beans have reached the top of the support, remove the growing tip. This will encourage the plant to focus more of its energy on growing beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePick beans often and do not allow them to get too large (before you can see the bean seed shape inside). This will encourage a longer and heavier crop and prevent the beans becoming stringy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Rosemary, peas, cucumbers, carrots, chives, radishes, lettuce, nasturtiums.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eBad  Companions: Onion or fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eA good source of vitamins A, K and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench beans are a mild and versatile vegetable. They can be served whole, sliced or shelled. Add whole or halved to salads, sautéed or steam with other vegetables or chop and cook in curry, risottos, omelettes and casseroles. They are also a  good vegetable to freeze after blanching. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"40","offer_id":27348049160,"sku":"FB-BOR-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"15","offer_id":27348049224,"sku":"FB-BOR-002b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapBorlotto_2.png?v=1699470067"},{"product_id":"french-bean-dwarf-rainbow-mix","title":"French Bean Dwarf Rainbow Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrench Bean Dwarf Rainbow Mix\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mixture of dwarf French bean varieties in purple, yellow and green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Teepee\u003c\/strong\u003e has superb flavoured round purple pods, \u003cstrong\u003eHildora\u003c\/strong\u003e has bright yellow tender pods and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/products\/french-bean-dwarf-tendergreen\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"French Bean Tendergreen\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTendergreen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e has virtually stringless green beans.\u003cstrong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 461px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors late April and May, outdoors in late May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"height: 220px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench beans prefer moist, fertile soil in a sunny position, sheltered from strong winds. Prepare the seed bed or pot\/container by digging over and adding plenty of organic material to help retain moisture. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors in compost filled pots 4cm (1.5in) deep. Place in a warm sunny position and water regularly until they germinate. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 321px;\"\u003eSow direct outdoors, placing 2 seeds at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart), 4 cm ( 1.5in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 321px;\"\u003eTransplant seeds sown indoors to final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. Place a seedling at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart) and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"height: 154px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench Dwarf beans  are mostly self supporting , however if you do want to train it and keep the beans off the ground, It is best to construct a support prior to sowing or planting beans. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 321px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown direct, remove the weakest seedling at each support station. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 321px;\"\u003eAs the seedlings grow encourage them to grow up the support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 321px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 321px;\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"height: 242px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 321px;\"\u003ePrior to sowing place seeds on damp paper towelling until they swell as this will initiate germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 321px;\"\u003eTry sowing beans in compost filled toilet roll cardboard inners, this allows the soil to be free draining and also allows gives the roots plenty of room to grow. When the seedlings are ready to plant out the cardboard rolls they can be placed directly into the seed bed minimising root disturbance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 321px;\"\u003eOnce the beans have reached the top of the support, remove the growing tip. This will encourage the plant to focus more of its energy on growing beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 321px;\"\u003ePick beans often and do not allow them to get too large. This will encourage a longer and heavier crop and prevent the beans becoming stringy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 36px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 58px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 36px; width: 321px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Rosemary, peas, cucumbers, carrots, chives, radishes, lettuce, nasturtiums.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 321px;\"\u003eBad  Companions: Onion or fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 321px;\"\u003eRich in protein and fibre and additionally offer potassium, iron, vitamins A, C and K, and calcium. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 321px;\"\u003eFrench beans are a mild and versatile vegetable. They can be served whole, sliced or shelled. Add whole or halved to salads, sautéed or steam with other vegetables or chop and cook in curry, risottos, omelettes and casseroles. They are also a  good vegetable to freeze after blanching. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"45","offer_id":27349977736,"sku":"FB-RAI-005","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"15","offer_id":27548377992,"sku":"FB-RAI-005b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Rainbow_mix_b4488a90-cd19-4994-8083-0c5bc7dd0b16.png?v=1549730570"},{"product_id":"kale-dwarf-green-curled","title":"Kale Dwarf Green Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKale 'Dwarf Green Curled'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a popular heritage variety which has frilly, densely curled green leaves. It can be eaten raw when young in salads, or when mature cooked with the flavour sweetening once exposed to frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is exceptionally hardy and easy to grow and can be harvested over a long period from early summer right through until early spring. Its dwarf, compact habit means it is great to grow in pots or containers or in small exposed gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 466px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eMarch to April indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors (at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 2 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eSow seed direct outdoors, thinly, in a prepared bed or in a pot or container, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eKale prefers an open, sunny site with well-drained soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eFor seed sown indoors, as soon as they have their first pair of leaves, prick out into individual pots. Harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out when they are about 15cm (6in) tall. Plant out 45cm (18in) apart with rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown outdoors, thin out seedlings to 45cm (18in) apart once they are large enough to handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eOccasional liquid feed beneficial to encourage continuous healthy growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003e3 months after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eWhen transplanting kale, plant it slightly deeper in the ground than it was in the seedbed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eRemove yellowing or rotting leaves which may appear round the base.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eEarth up at the end of autumn to help protect against frost and wind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eFrost will help to sweeten the taste and also encourage the leaves to wrinkle and curl, creating a more satisfying, textural leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Beets, Celery, Cucumbers, Dill, Garlic, Lettuce, Mint, Nasturtium, Onions, Potatoes, Rosemary, Sage, Spinach, Swiss chard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Strawberry, tomato, beans, mustards, basil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003ePro-vitamin A, vitamin C, iron \u0026amp; folic acid, and calcium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 123px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 329px;\"\u003eKale can be steamed, boiled, stir fried or added to soups and stews. Kale also goes well shredded raw in salads. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27350777864,"sku":"KA-DGC-002","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"80","offer_id":27351012040,"sku":"KA-DGC-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Dwarf_Curly_Green.png?v=1549730589"},{"product_id":"kale-nero-di-toscana-black-tuscan-kale","title":"Kale Nero Di Toscana (Black Tuscan Kale)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKale 'Nero di Toscana' \u003c\/strong\u003eis an Italian \u003cstrong\u003eheritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety with distinct smoky green-black, savoy type leaves which look like a crown of feathers in full maturity. It has a great peppery flavour and can be eaten raw, when young, in salads or when mature, cooked in a variety of ways, with the flavour sweetening once exposed to frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is very hardy and low maintenance and can be harvested over a long period from early summer right through until early spring. A great addition to your garden, either \u003cstrong\u003egrown in a pot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e or in a vegetable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eFebruary to April indoors or in a greenhouse, May to July outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eKale prefers an open, sunny site with well-drained soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors (at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 2 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow seed direct, thinly, in a prepared bed or in a pot or container, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 132px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 286px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 132px;\"\u003eFor seed sown indoors, as soon as they have their first pair of leaves, prick out into individual pots. Harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out when they are about 15cm (6in) tall. Plant out 45cm (18in) apart with rows 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown outdoors, thin out seedlings to 45cm (18in) apart once they are large enough to handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eOccasional liquid feed beneficial to encourage continuous healthy growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJune to March, 3 months after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 219px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen transplanting kale, plant it slightly deeper in the ground than it was in the seedbed. Kale is exceptionally hardy and requires little aftercare.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 43px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 43px;\"\u003eRemove yellowing or rotting leaves which may appear round the base.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eEarth up at the end of autumn to help protect against frost and wind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFrost will help to sweeten the taste and also encourage the leaves to wrinkle and curl, creating a more satisfying textural leaf.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 122px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 88px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Beets, Celery, Cucumbers, Dill, Garlic, Lettuce, Mint, Nasturtium, Onions, Potatoes, Rosemary, Sage, Spinach, Swiss chard.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Strawberry, tomato, beans, mustards, basil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 44px;\"\u003ePro-vitamin A, vitamin C, iron \u0026amp; folic acid, and calcium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 122px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px; height: 110px;\"\u003eKale can be steamed, boiled, stir fried or added to soups and stews. Kale also goes well shredded raw in salads. Used extensively in Italian cooking, it goes well with Pork, Lamb, mushrooms and Garlic.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27351807048,"sku":"KA-BLA-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"80","offer_id":27351807112,"sku":"KA-BLA-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Black_Tuscany.png?v=1549730590"},{"product_id":"leek-swiss-giant-zermatt","title":"Leek Swiss Giant Zermatt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeek Swiss Giant Zermatt\u003c\/strong\u003e is an extremely versatile dual-purpose variety, which is great for both baby and full size leek production. This versatility means they are a great variety to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots or containers\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to harvest an early crop of baby leeks from August onwards, leaving room for full sized leeks to mature and harvest from September through to November.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are easy to grow, disease resistant, delicious and tender eaten both young and mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eFebruary to March indoors or March to April outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow seed indoors ( at 10-15°C\/50-60°F) in moist compost filled trays or modules, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep, with 3-4 seeds per module. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow seed direct outdoors, thinly, in a prepared bed 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in drills which are 30cm apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eLeeks prefer a sunny, sheltered site with fertile and well-drained soil, ideally with a pH or 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings grown indoors are large enough to handle, transplant to individual pots and grow on indoors or in a greenhouse until April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are grown to roughly the diameter of a pencil, transplant into their final growing position (ensuring you harden off indoor sown seedlings for 7 days prior to planting out).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eUsing a dibber, make a 15cm (6in) deep hole which are 23cm (9in) apart.  Place a seedling in the centre and back fill the hole with water (not soil) to encourage blanching. This known as 'dibbing in' the leeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eOnce the hole around the leek has filled up, gently firm up the soil above ground level to increase blanching. Be careful not to get the soil between the leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eAugust to November (August for baby leeks, mature leeks from September onwards).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eTo ensure a long harvest start lifting the leeks when they are quite small.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eLeeks can be left in the ground during winter until they are required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen harvesting be careful not to damage the roots of nearby leeks which you are not harvesting. Work the stem and root upwards with a fork and gently pat the soil back in place.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eGood Companions : beetroot, carrot, celery, garlic, onion, parsley, tomato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eBad Companions : Beans and peas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eLeeks can be steamed or boiled, braised in a cheese sauce and used in soups and stews. They are a great milder alternative to onions and go well in pies with fish and chicken. Zermatt baby leeks are a great mild alternative to spring onions and can be eaten raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":27352057608,"sku":"LK-SGZ-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"40","offer_id":27352057672,"sku":"LK-SGZ-002b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Standard_Seed_packet_Leek_-_Swiss_Giant_Zermatt.svg-g9180-890.png?v=1549730594"},{"product_id":"lettuce-little-gem","title":"Lettuce Little Gem","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCos Lettuce 'Little Gem'\u003c\/strong\u003e produces small compact, crisp, hearts with an excellent sweet flavour and crunchy texture. They are a quick maturing variety, with a tolerance to heat and therefore a fair resistance to bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eeasy to grow\u003c\/strong\u003e lettuce, ideal for sowing successionally meaning that it is perfect to grow when space is limited, in a \u003cstrong\u003epot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e on the patio. An RHS Award of Garden Merit winner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 464px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow successionally end of February to August (Feb to May indoors or in a greenhouse\/ May to August outdoors).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse, thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Germination rates best at 4 to 16°C (40 to 60°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow outdoors, thinly in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eLittle Gem prefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePrick out indoor sown seeds (May) into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing positions after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 25cm (10in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 25cm (10in) apart. Seedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, radish and nasturtiums.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eBad Companion: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene and vitamin C and K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eLittle Gem Lettuce are delicious eaten raw in salads, or braised or sautéed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"1000","offer_id":27371272840,"sku":"LET-LGE-003-","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":27371272904,"sku":"LET-LGE-003b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Lettuce_little_gem.png?v=1549730597"},{"product_id":"lettuce-all-year-round","title":"Lettuce All Year Round","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll year round\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 'Butterhead' lettuce variety which has crisp, compact and creamy white hearts, surrounded by sweet and succulent textured green leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can been sown from early spring to late summer and with adequate protection in colder weather can be harvested, as the name suggest, all year round. This \u003cstrong\u003eheritage variety\u003c\/strong\u003e has been around since pre 1870 and is known as hardy and reliable and slow to bolt in dry hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 456px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eMarch to April indoors or in a greenhouse , May to September outside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Germination is best at 10 to 16°C (50 to 60°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eSow outdoors in final growing positions, 5cm apart and 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. Early and late sowing will benefit from cloche\/ or fleece protection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eLettuce prefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings prick out seedlings into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing position in late April\/Early May after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 25cm (10in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 25cm (10in) apart. Seedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eJan to Dec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eSmall sowings every 3 weeks will give you a continuous crop throughout the year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eThe lettuce is ready to harvest when the central head is firm when pressed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, radish as nasturtiums.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene,  and vitamin C as well as vitamin K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311px;\"\u003eLettuce butterheads have crisp leaves and are great mainstay of many salads. The leaves can be used as a healthy alternative to wraps and eaten with Mexican or oriental fillings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"1000","offer_id":27371807432,"sku":"LT-AYR-002","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":27371807496,"sku":"LT-AYR-002b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_All_Year_Round_d32b73d9-4eca-4334-b847-bf14b1b1ca44.png?v=1773937717"},{"product_id":"courgette-ambassador-f1","title":"Courgette Ambassador F1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCourgette Ambassador F1 \u003c\/strong\u003eis an outstanding hybrid variety that produces an attractive cylindrical dark green fruit with a smooth, waxy coating and delicious white crisp flesh. It is high yielding, quick to mature (approx. 50 days) and crops over a long period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA great variety for growing in pots or containers, and for both table and exhibition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 466px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eApril to May indoors or in a greenhouse, May to June outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2.5cm (1 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into the final growing position either in a seed bed or in a large pot or container, ensuring that each plant is 1m, in each direction, from its nearest neighbour. Sow seeds on their sides 2.5cm (1 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives. If there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eOnce the seedling has its first pair of leaves and a third leaf is just appearing, transplant into a larger pot. Harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in their final growing position (once the risk of frost has passed). \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eProtect succulent young growth from slugs and snails. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eRegularly harvest the Courgette fruits to encourage more growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eCourgettes have both male and female flowers,  with the female bearing the fruit once it has been pollinated by the pollen from the male flower. To encourage pollination it is advisable to plant 2 to 3 courgette plants (each plant will produce up to 20 fruit) at a time and then leave the rest to the bees.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eAs courgettes are heat loving plants, a pot or container in the warmest spot on the patio  is one of the best places to grow courgettes and you won't be disappointed with their beautiful yellow flower displays in the height of summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eThe more you pick, the more you will grow! Harvest the courgette by cutting away at the stem with a sharp knife when they are between 10 -20cm long. If you leave off harvesting, the courgettes will grow as big as 25-35 cm. This takes more energy from the plant and you will not harvest as many courgettes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eFruits that directly touch the soil can rot in wet weather so it is advisable to mulch with straw around the base of the plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eThe leaves of the courgettes are susceptible to powdery mildew therefore remove any infected leaves as soon as they appear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Radishes, Garlic, Beans and Peas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eCourgettes are very healthy and contain lots of Vitamin B and C as well as Calcium, Iron and Phosphate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 134px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eCourgettes are extremely versatile and can be baked, grilled, steamed, stewed, roasted, stir fried or eaten raw.  Served simply roasted with a topping of  grated Parmesan cheese, garlic and seasoning is absolutely delicious. The flowers are also edible and can be stuffed with cream cheese, battered and deep fried. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"15","offer_id":27385846984,"sku":"CO-AMB-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"5","offer_id":27385847048,"sku":"CO-AMB-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Ambassador_F1.png?v=1549730559"},{"product_id":"cucumber-burpless-tasty-green-f1","title":"Cucumber Burpless Tasty Green F1","description":"\u003cp\u003eAlthough the fruits are not giants like the greenhouse varieties, the \u003cstrong\u003eBurpless Tasty Green F1\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of the best varieties to grow outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt produces high quality fruits which have a tender skin with a sweet and crisp flesh. The plants climb to approx. 1.8m high and require a trellis or cane to give support. They are a very easy cucumber to grow and are \u003cstrong\u003eperfect for pots\u003c\/strong\u003e or grow bags in a sunny position on the patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 470px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eApril to Mid May indoors \/ Late May to June Outdoors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eIf sowing indoors fill a 7.5cm (3in) pot with compost, firm down and sow 1 seed per pot 2cm (3\/4 in) deep. When sowing place the seed on its side ( to help prevent dampening off disease). Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eIf sowing outdoors, sow direct into final growing position, either in a sheltered seed bed or in a large pot or grow bag, ensuring that each plant is 0.9m (3') apart in each direction from its nearest neighbour. Sow the seeds on their sides, 2cm (3\/4 in) deep, placing 2 seeds at each station, which will be thinned out later ensuring that the strongest seedling survives. If there is still a risk of frost in your area cover seed with a cloche. Keep soil moist at all times but do not over water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eOnce indoor sown seedlings have a third leaf just appearing (true leaves) transplant into a larger pot. Harden them of for 7 to 10 days before planting them outside in to their final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eFor seeds which were planted outside , thin seedlings to one plant per station.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eContinue to water regularly, particularly once the plants are in flower and then when the fruits have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eProvide support as the plant grows ( up to 1.8m\/6ft tall) either with a trellis, canes or netting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eOnce the plant reaches the top of the support, pinch out the growing tip to encourage side shots to form.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eJuly to October. Around 60 days after sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eBurpless Tasty Green is an outdoor ridge type of cucumber which requires pollination by insects therefore do not remove male flowers from this variety. Many varieties have both male and female flowers on the same plants. Both should be left on outdoor varieties, but pinch off the male flowers when they appear on indoor varieties to prevent the fruit from becoming bitter.\u003cbr\u003e The flowers are easy to tell apart - the female flower has a swelling beneath it that will become a cucumber. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eAs cucumbers are heat loving plants, a large pot\/container or grow bag in a warm spot up against a sunny wall on the patio is one of the best places to grow cucumbers. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eRegular picking will encourage the plant to produce more fruit. Harvest the cucumbers by cutting away at the stem with a sharp knife when they are 15 -20cm long. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePutting some mulch at the base of the cucumber plant will help to retain moisture and help to keep weeds at bay.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eCalendula (Pot Marigold), Nasturtiums, Sunflowers, Radishes, Beans, Peas and Dill.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eCucumbers are very low in calories and are a good source of potassium and vitamin K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 135px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eCucumbers are best eaten raw in salads, or pickled when young and tender . Pickled cucumbers are a great accompaniment with burgers. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"15","offer_id":27386456840,"sku":"CU-BUR-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"5","offer_id":27386456904,"sku":"CU-BUR-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Burpless_Tasty_Green.png?v=1549730562"},{"product_id":"salad-leaves-red-salad-bowl","title":"Salad Leaves Red Salad Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Salad Bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e has decorative burgundy-bronze leaves which look great growing in \u003cstrong\u003eeither a pot or container\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the vegetable bed or as part of an ornamental flower bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fast growing variety, which is slow to bolt, can be used as cut and come again leaves or harvested as a full head (58 days to maturity). Red Salad bowl not only looks very attractive it also has sweet, succulent leaves and was awarded the RHS Award for Garden Merit in 1995 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 455px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow successionally end of February to August (Feb\/March indoors or in a greenhouse\/ April to August outdoors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eRed salad bowl prefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer. Sow indoors or in a greenhouse, thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Sow outdoors, thinly in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings prick out into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing position, in late April\/Early May, after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 20cm (8in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. For outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 20cm (8in) apart. seedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  Water well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting, and keep weed free. Regular cropping of baby leaves encourages new growth (up to 4 cuts) or cut the whole heads of mature plants when they are large enough to harvest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHarvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eApril to October\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, and radish. Bad Companion: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene, vitamin C as well as vitamin K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px;\"\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003ePerfect in salads as either baby leaf or mature leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27523723720,"sku":"LT-RSB-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27523723784,"sku":"LT-RSB-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Red_Salad_Bowl.png?v=1773937719"},{"product_id":"pea-kelvedon-wonder","title":"Pea Kelvedon Wonder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKelvedon Wonder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a popular dwarf pea variety, which is self supporting and is therefore ideal to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e or containers and in small gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA variety which can be sown successionally from late February through to July, giving a long cropping season. It produces pods with 6-8 well flavoured, sweet plump peas and is high yielding and reliable and which has been awarded the RHS Award of Garden Merit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 452px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eFeb\/March (indoors or undercover) to July (direct outdoors).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003ePeas prefer well drained , fertile soil which has been manured the previous autumn. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse\/cold frame in Feb\/March, in modules. Sow 5cm (2in) deep and 5cm (2in)apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow direct in a flat bottom, weed free,  drill 5cm (2in) deep and 10cm (4in) wide from April onwards. Space seeds 5cm (2in) apart, in the drill, and then cover with soil and firm down with the end of a rake. Space each drill 60cm apart to allow access for picking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eProtect early seedlings outdoors from birds and to encourage growth with either a fleece or cloche.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings planted in modules are well established and hardened off, transfer to their final growing position. Space modular plants 5cm (2in) apart around pea sticks or support frames.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eOnce seedlings are established, only water if conditions are very dry as overwatering at this stage encourages leafy growth at the expense of pods. Once the flowers appear, increase watering to encourage pod formation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eMulch heavily around the base of the plants as soon as seedlings established to keep weeds down.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eDwarf varieties of pea are self supporting, however if planted in an exposed area supports such as pea sticks, netting, trellis or string between canes may be useful.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eJune to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eTo improve the chances of success of early sowings cover the seed bed with either a cloche or fleece, a couple of weeks prior to sowing to warm up the soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eTo increase the cropping season, sow pea seeds successionally every 2 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf you are  short on space, a catch crop of radish or lettuce can be sown between the pea drills, which can be harvested before the peas are ready to be picked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eThis is an open pollinated variety so you can save seeds and they will come true to type next year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGood Companions:  Beans, Carrots, Corn, Cucumbers, Lettuce, Parsnips, Potatoes, Radishes, Spinach and Turnips.  Bad  Companions: Garlic and onions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eA good source of Vitamin A and Vitamins C, B1 and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf they make it to the kitchen and are not eaten straight from the pod in the garden like ours, shelled peas are best cooked within 30 minutes of being harvested to preserve the sweet flavour. Lightly boil and served with a knob of butter. The young pea shoots can also be picked and eaten raw or lightly cooked.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"250","offer_id":27524367560,"sku":"PE-KEL-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27524518280,"sku":"PE-KEL-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Lg-003_Pea_Kelvedon_Wonder.svg-g5547-266.png?v=1612954191"},{"product_id":"radish-french-breakfast","title":"Radish French Breakfast","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eFrench heritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety has a long cylindrical shaped root of crimson red with a white tip. It is very quick to mature and has a lovely sweet mild flavour and crisp texture. It is great to grow in pots and containers and can be grown from early spring right through to autumn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 461px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 22px;\"\u003eMarch to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 198px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 1.5cm(1\/2in) deep,  direct in growing position, with 15cm (6in) between rows either in a well prepared seed bed or in a pot or container.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow successionally every 2 to 3 weeks to have a continuous supply throughout summer and early autumn.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eProtect early sowings, with either a cloche or fleece, from frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eThin seedlings as required, leaving 5cm (2in) between each plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eKeep well watered, especially in dry periods, and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 22px;\"\u003eApril to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 264px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eAs a catch crop, radishes can be grown in the space between longer maturing vegetables such as Brassicas, to maximise usage of your plot.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTo avoid the situation where too many radishes are ready to harvest at once, only sow short rows each time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eFor best texture and flavour pick roots when they are still small and young.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTo avoid radishes running to seed too quickly in hot summer months, consider moving pots or containers to a shadier position and keep well watered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 66px;\"\u003eGood Companions : Beans, beets, cabbage, carrots, corn, cucumber, lettuce, parsnip, peas, spinach, squash and tomato.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eRich in vitamin C and potassium. Contains beneficial sulphur compounds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 317px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGreat as a snack served whole with dips or sliced in a salad. Try them grated in coleslaw.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"300","offer_id":27525513096,"sku":"RA-FRE-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27525513160,"sku":"RA-FRE-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Frecnh_Breakfast.png?v=1549730614"},{"product_id":"radish-rainbow","title":"Radish Rainbow","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis is a mixture of red, violet, pink, white and yellow skinned radishes which will look stunning served together in a salad. They are easy and quick to grow, perfect to grow in pots and containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 451px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eMarch to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eSow thinly in shallow drills 1.5cm(1\/2in) deep,  direct in growing position, with 15cm (6in) between rows either in a well prepared seed bed or in a pot or container.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eSow successionally every 2 to 3 weeks to have a continuous supply throughout summer and early autumn.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eProtect early sowings, with either a cloche or fleece, from frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eThin seedlings as required, leaving 5cm (2in) between each plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eKeep well watered, especially in dry periods, and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eApril to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eAs a catch crop, radishes can be grown in the space between longer maturing vegetables such as Brassicas, to maximise usage of your plot.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eTo avoid the situation where too many radishes are ready to harvest at once, only sow short rows each time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eFor best texture and flavour pick roots when they are still small and young.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eTo avoid radishes running to seed too quickly in hot summer months, consider moving pots or containers to a shadier position and keep well watered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eGood Companions : Beans, beets, cabbage, carrots, corn, cucumber, lettuce, parsnip, peas, spinach, squash and tomato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eRich in vitamin C and potassium. Contains beneficial sulphur compounds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 307px;\"\u003eGreat as a snack served whole with dips or sliced in a salad. Try them grated in coleslaw.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":27526097864,"sku":"RA-RAI-003","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":27526097928,"sku":"RA-RAI-003b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Rainbow_1.png?v=1773937719"},{"product_id":"perpetual-spinach-leaf-beet","title":"Perpetual Spinach 'Leaf Beet'","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerpetual Spinach 'Leaf Beet'\u003c\/strong\u003e is actually not a spinach at all but a kind of chard and a member of the beetroot family. It grows, looks and tastes very similar to Spinach. The one major advantage it has over spinach is that it does not run to seed in warm\/dry conditions like spinach can and therefore it is an extremely useful and productive crop to have in any garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpinach Perpetual continues to grow as a cut and come again crop and is very hardy (it will crop almost all year round which is why it is called perpetual). Perpetual Spinach is a great container vegetable and is \u003cstrong\u003eperfect for pots\u003c\/strong\u003e in small spaces, patios and balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 461px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eApril to June for summer cropping, or in August\/September to overwinter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 88px;\"\u003ePerpetual spinach will grow almost anywhere, but prefers fertile and well draining soil in a open sunny site. Preferred pH neutral to slightly acidic (6.5pH to 7.0pH) soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eEarly sowings can be made indoors, in modules or trays. Sow 1 seed cluster per module 1cm (1\/2in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow outdoors in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep,  5cm (2in) apart with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 286px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 88px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings, once the seedlings appear transplant to final growing position after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 15cm (6in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as seedlings appear thin out weakest seedlings gradually until plants are spaced 15cm (6in)apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIf growing in a pot or container aim to have about 5 plants growing to maturity once you have thinned out seedlings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eProtect young seedlings from birds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJune to March.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eCut leaves as soon as they are large enough to harvest, this will usually be 35- 49 days (5-7 weeks) after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eRegular cropping of leaves encourages new growth. Cut young leaves for salads, leaving the more mature leaves for cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSpinach perpetual is naturally a perennial and will continue cropping in a second year, although it will not be as vigorous. If left to seed they will self-sow and seedlings can be transplanted to a new site.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eGood companion: Brassicas and beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad companion: Cucumbers, potatoes, tomatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eRich in Beta carotene, calcium and iron.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 110px;\"\u003eThe young leaves can be used in salads or use the more mature leaves as you would spinach, either steamed and served as any other green vegetable or added to quiche, lasagne, pies, pasta, curries or as a pizza topping. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":27543391560,"sku":"SP-PER-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50","offer_id":27543391624,"sku":"SP-PER-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bimap_Perpetual_Spinach.png?v=1734606199"},{"product_id":"spring-onion-white-lisbon","title":"Spring Onion White Lisbon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpring Onion - White Lisbon\u003c\/strong\u003e is a popular heritage variety, with long white stems, a crisp texture and mild flavour. With a short growing time, these seeds are ideal for successional sowing and therefore great to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e and containers giving you a continuous crop all summer long. Awarded the RHS Award of Garden Merit in 1993 and reliable and easy to grow. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 470px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 22px;\"\u003eMarch to October direct outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSpring onions prefer an open, sunny site with fertile and well-drained soil, ideally neutral to slightly alkaline. Do not plant or sow on freshly manured bed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSow seed direct, in a prepared bed or in a pot or container, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep in drills, 2.5cm (1in) apart with rows 15cm apart. Cover with a cloche or fleece to protect from frost.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 82px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 126px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 82px;\"\u003eNo thinning should be necessary, you can pick small spring onions and use as chives from May onwards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 66px;\"\u003eMarch to October, 6-8 weeks after sowing. October sowings can be overwintered and harvested the following spring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow successionally every 3 weeks to give a continuous crop all summer long.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 66px;\"\u003eAs spring onions have a short growing time, they can be grown in between slower growing vegetables as a catch crop or as a row marker.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 66px;\"\u003eLater spring onion sowings may remain in the ground through to December if the weather remains mild. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 128px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Brassicas, beetroots, strawberries, tomatoes, lettuces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 22px;\"\u003eBad companions: Peas and Beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eAntibacterial and antiseptic properties, due to beneficial sulphur compounds. A good source of antioxidants. Also high in Vitamin C, calcium and iron.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 128px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 328px; height: 88px;\"\u003eBoth the long, slender green tops and the small white bulb are edible and are good either raw or cooked. Excellent in salads, oriental cooking or sliced with duck and pancakes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":27543629320,"sku":"SP-WHI-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100","offer_id":27543629384,"sku":"SP-WHI-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_White_Lisbon.png?v=1549730625"},{"product_id":"sweetcorn-minipop-f1","title":"Sweetcorn Minipop F1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinipop F1 \u003c\/strong\u003eproduces tender and tasty sweet cobs which can be eaten raw, lightly steamed or sliced and added to stir fries. It is a great vegetable to get kids into growing their own or to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in a pot\u003c\/strong\u003e or container, as it is easy to grow, does not require pollinating and the cobs are ready to harvest in approx. 65 days. The cobs should be harvested when they are 10cm in length and each plant will produce between 3 and 5 baby corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eSow indoors or in a greenhouse March to May, sow outdoors May to June.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"height: 264px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 313px;\"\u003eSweetcorn prefer an open, sunny site which is sheltered from strong winds and soil which is fertile, free draining and moisture retentive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 313px;\"\u003eSow indoors,  in modules or individual pots filled with moist compost, with 1 seed per station, 1.5cm (1\/2in) deep and leave to germinate at a temperature of about 18°C\/65°F.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 154px; width: 313px;\"\u003eSow outdoors, once risk of frost has passed and soil temperature is over 13°C\/55°C. Sow 1 seed per station, 1.5cm(1\/2 deep) in blocks or rows, with 15cm (6in) spacing in row and 45cm (18in) between rows. As Sweetcorn Minipop cobs are harvested when they are immature they do not require pollinating and therefore do not need to be grown in the traditional block formation. However, as the Sweetcorn Minipop plants grow up to 2m (6.5ft) tall the block formation may be preferable to avoid placing other plants in shade.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 49px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"height: 142px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 49px; width: 313px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown indoors, plant outside once all risk of frost has passed, after hardening off for 7 days. Plant in blocks or rows, with 15cm (6in) spacing in row and 45cm (18in) between rows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 27px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 27px; width: 313px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown outdoors, protect seedlings in early stages with cloche or fleece.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eApply nitrogen fertilizer once the plants are about 20cm (8in) tall.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eHarvest the cobs when the silks\/tassels are just emerging from the ear tips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eAugust and September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 66px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 313px;\"\u003eTo prevent the plant from pollinating, remove the tassels which are the female flower, as soon as they appear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eFor the best flavour and sweetness, pick and eat the same day.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 44px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eGood companion: Beans, Cucumber, Pea, Potato, Pumpkin, Squash. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 313px;\"\u003eBad Companion: Tomato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 313px;\"\u003eA good source of Vitamins A, B and C, Gluten-free and a good supply of fibre.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 130px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 313px;\"\u003eThese tasty sweet cobs can be eaten raw, lightly steamed or sliced and added to stir fries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"50","offer_id":27544976520,"sku":"ST-MIN-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"15","offer_id":27545192584,"sku":"ST-MIN-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Minipop.png?v=1549730633"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-bright-lights","title":"Swiss Chard Bright Lights","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwiss Chard 'Bright Lights' \u003c\/strong\u003eis a stunning variety which will brighten up any garden with its mixture of green and bronze leaves and stems of gold, pink, orange, purple, red, and white (with bright and pastel variations). It will provide all year round colour to your garden whether in the vegetable plot, flower bed or in \u003cstrong\u003epots and containers\u003c\/strong\u003e on the patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEveryone will be impressed by the lovely display, and the best part about \u003cstrong\u003eSwiss Chard\u003c\/strong\u003e is that it is really easy to grow and requires little or very low maintenance. The more you cut the more new growth you will get and its great to eat too. The baby leaves make a great addition to salads and the stems and mature leaves are good in stir fries or cooked like spinach.\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 469px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 44px;\"\u003eMarch to October (March\/April indoors, May to October outdoors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 44px;\"\u003eFor all year round supply, make 2 sowings - sow late spring and then again in mid to late summer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 88px;\"\u003eSwiss Chard will grow almost anywhere, however prefers fertile and well draining soil in a open, sunny site. Preferred pH neutral to slightly acidic ( 6.5pH to 7.0pH).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 66px;\"\u003eEarly sowings can be made indoors, in modules or trays. Sow 1 cluster per module , 1cm (1\/2in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 66px;\"\u003eSow outdoors in final growing position,1cm (1\/2in) deep,  5cm (2in) apart with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 352px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 88px;\"\u003eFor indoor sowings, once the seedlings appear transplant to final growing position after hardening off for 7 days. Plant 30cm (12in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 132px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 132px;\"\u003eFor outdoor sowings, as seedlings appear thin out weakest seedlings gradually until plants are spaced 30cm (12in)apart. Alternatively wait until some of the plants have leaves which are 15cm (6in) long and thin these plants and treat as an early baby leaf harvest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIf growing in a pot or container, which is 45cm in diameter, aim to have about 3-4 plants growing to maturity once you have thinned out seedlings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 22px;\"\u003eProtect young seedlings from birds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well, especially during periods of dry weather, and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJan to Dec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 88px;\"\u003eCut leaves as soon as they are large enough to harvest, this will usually be 28 days (4 weeks) for baby leaves and 55 days (8 weeks) for mature leaves, after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 66px;\"\u003eRegular cropping of leaves encourages new growth. Cut young leaves for salads, leaving the more mature leaves for cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 44px;\"\u003eIn winter, cover plants with a cloche, fleece or poly tunnel to prevent rot and prolong harvest.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 66px;\"\u003eRemove any old leaves as they begin to wilt and if a flower stem appears cut back to encourage further cropping.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 22px;\"\u003eGood companion: Brassicas and beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 22px;\"\u003eBad companion: Cucumbers, potatoes, tomatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 44px;\"\u003eRich in Beta carotene, calcium and iron.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px; height: 110px;\"\u003eThe young  'baby leaves' are delicious in salads or use the more mature leaves as you would spinach, either steamed and served as any other green vegetable, and the stalks (chards) can be chopped and added to stir fries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":27545213320,"sku":"SC-BRI-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":27545213384,"sku":"SC-BRI-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Swiss_Chard.png?v=1549730634"},{"product_id":"tomato-moneymaker","title":"Tomato Moneymaker","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Moneymaker\u003c\/strong\u003e has been one of the most popular varieties of tomato for home growers since the 1960's due to its reliability and heavy crop of medium sized, well flavoured and smooth skinned bright red fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for growing in both a greenhouse or outdoors, even in a poor British summer, and will grow to about 2 metres high. As the fruits do not all set at once, Moneymaker has a longer harvest period than many other varieties. A great variety to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e or containers when space is limited, up against a wall or garage. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Moneymaker tomatoes can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 164px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 472px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 164px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container. If the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C, all helping to stimulate your immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 154px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 154px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile , eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":27545460808,"sku":"TO-MON-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":27545460872,"sku":"TO-MON-001B","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Moneymaker.png?v=1549730638"},{"product_id":"tomato-gardeners-delight","title":"Tomato Gardeners Delight","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGardener's Delight\u003c\/strong\u003e produces a heavy crop of bite sized, sweet and tangy, red cherry tomatoes that are ideal for sandwiches and salads. This RHS AGM variety is reliable and prolific whether grown in a greenhouse or outdoors on a sunny patio, and will grow up to 2m tall. An excellent heritage variety to grow to get that home grown flavour and a long harvest period. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 452px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 110px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Gardeners delight can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 462px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 154px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container. If the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost and prior to transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 88px;\"\u003eErect supports as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 110px;\"\u003eRemove (pinch out) side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem, and once 5 to 6 'trusses' have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses energy on ensuring that the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 66px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C and lycopene, all helping to stimulate your body’s immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 130px; height: 154px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 308px; height: 154px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile , eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces, or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":27545704968,"sku":"TO-GAR-002","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":27545705032,"sku":"TO-GAR-002b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Gardeners_Delight.png?v=1549730637"},{"product_id":"turnip-purple-top-milan","title":"Turnip Purple Top Milan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurnip Purple Top Milan\u003c\/strong\u003e is an Italian heritage turnip variety that produces purple and white flat shaped roots with sweet mild flavoured crisp white flesh. It is a very fast growing variety and can be started early in the spring under the protection of a cloche or fleece, and then sown successionally right through until the end of August.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs they are quick to mature, you can re-sow in the gaps where you have harvested the root from and you can also harvest the green tops when they are young and tender, making them perfect to \u003cstrong\u003egrow in a pot\u003c\/strong\u003e or container. An excellent 2 for 1 vegetable that makes great use of limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 456px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow successionally (every 2 - 3 weeks )in March-April and July-August\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 242px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTurnips grow best in light well drained humus rich soil. Prepare the seed bed by digging over and removing any stones, firm down and lightly rake the surface.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds direct into growing position (as turnip seedlings do not transplant well) either in a seed bed or in a pot or container which is at least 20cm deep. Sow thinly , 2cm (3\/4in) deep with rows spaced 25cm (10in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eProtect early sowings, with either a cloche or fleece, from frosts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eAs soon as the seedlings show there first pair of true leaves thin out to 10cm (4in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 66px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well, ensuring the soil does not become dry as this may impede the root growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 20px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 20px;\"\u003eJune to November.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eHarvest when the roots when they are young ( size of a golf ball) for eating raw or the size of a tennis ball for cooking, approximately 35-45 days after sowing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 418px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eAs turnips prefer cooler climates they are best harvested before temperatures reach 24C (75F) as hotter temperatures can cause the roots to become woody.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIf you harvest alternative plants you can continue to sow successionally in the gaps to maximise space and growing season.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 176px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 176px;\"\u003eTurnip greens are edible, and for the sweetest flavour, are best harvested when they are small 10 to 15 cm (4 to 6 in), leaving the inner, less developed leaf tips to grow again which will give you a second harvest a few days later. Only harvest the greens once, if you want to harvest the turnip root, as removing the greens inhibits growth of the root.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTurnip roots can be left in the ground into early winter, if they are protected by a heavy covering of straw mulch, and the early winter frosts may actually sweeten their flavour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eLikes: Peas, broccoli and cabbage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 22px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 22px;\"\u003eDislikes: Potato, radish, carrot and mustard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 44px;\"\u003eA good source of dietary fibre, vitamin B6 and C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 176px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 315px; height: 176px;\"\u003eTurnips are a staple for autumn and winter cooking, used in soups, casseroles and as an accompaniment to your favourite roast meat either mashed or roasted. However younger turnips are also delicious eaten raw in salads or in a coleslaw. The turnip green tops can also be eaten when young,  either lightly steamed or boiled or  shredded raw in salads.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":27546239304,"sku":"TU-PTM-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":27546239368,"sku":"TU-PTM-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/files\/BitmapTurnipPurpleTopMilan.png?v=1699878913"},{"product_id":"french-bean-climbing-blue-lake","title":"French Bean Climbing Blue Lake","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake \u003c\/strong\u003ebeans have a dark green cylindrical, stringless and plump pod. The pod contains tiny pale green to white edible seeds. The bean's flavour is distinctively mild, sweet, with a crisp-tender texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake beans produce an abundant crop of pods that can reach 15-18cm in length from a plant which grows 1.5-1.7m in height. This \u003cstrong\u003eheritage\u003c\/strong\u003e bean variety, with crisp white flowers, will look beautiful \u003cstrong\u003egrown in a pot\u003c\/strong\u003e or container on a sunny sheltered spot on your patio. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 455px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eSow indoors late April and May, outdoors in late May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"height: 220px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003eSow indoors in compost filled pots 4cm (1.5in) deep. Place in a warm sunny position and water regularly until they germinate. Sow direct outdoors, placing 2 seeds at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart), 4 cm ( 1.5in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 308px;\"\u003eIt is best to construct a support prior to sowing or planting beans. They will climb up sticks, canes, heavy sting, wire or mesh nylon net. The support could be in the form of a wigwam of canes or  mesh net attached to 2 horizontal posts approx. 1.8m in height.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003eFrench beans prefer moist, fertile soil in a sunny position, sheltered from strong winds. Prepare the seed bed or pot\/container by digging over and adding plenty of organic material to help retain moisture. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"height: 98px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003eTransplant seeds sown indoors to a final growing position once the risk of frost has passed. Place a seedling at the base of each support (at least 23cm (9in) apart) and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 10px; width: 308px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown direct, remove the weakest seedling at each support station. As the seedlings grow encourage them to grow up the support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eKeep weed free and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"height: 242px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003ePrior to sowing place seeds on damp paper towelling until they swell as this will initiate germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 308px;\"\u003eTry sowing beans in compost filled toilet roll cardboard inners, this allows the soil to be free draining and also allows gives the roots plenty of room to grow. When the seedlings are ready to plant out the cardboard rolls they can be placed directly into the seed bed minimising root disturbance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003eOnce the beans have reached the top of the support, remove the growing tip. This will encourage the plant to focus more of its energy on growing beans.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 308px;\"\u003ePick beans often and do not allow them to get too large (before you can see the bean seed shape inside). This will encourage a longer and heavier crop and prevent the beans becoming stringy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 66px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003eGood Companions: Rosemary, peas, cucumbers, carrots, chives, radishes, lettuce, nasturtiums.  \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 308px;\"\u003eBad  Companions: Onion or fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 308px;\"\u003eA good source of vitamins A, K and folic acid.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 133px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 88px; width: 308px;\"\u003eFrench beans are a mild and versatile vegetable. They can be served whole, sliced or shelled. Add whole or halved to salads, sautéed or steam with other vegetables or chop and cook in curry, risottos, omelettes and casseroles. They are also a  good vegetable to freeze after blanching. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"75","offer_id":27548455560,"sku":"FB-BLU-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":27548455624,"sku":"FB-BLU-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Blue_Lake.png?v=1549730569"},{"product_id":"chilli-jalapeno","title":"Chilli Jalapeno","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eJalapeno \u003c\/strong\u003eis possibly the most famous chilli species in the world and is great for the beginner grower as it is easy to grow and produces an abundant crop. They can be used in a variety of dishes and are a staple ingredient in Tex-Mex cuisine. The Hot Pepper Jalapeno can grow up to 1 metre tall if grown under cover. The fruit is usually picked and eaten when green, however they can be used when fully mature red, and if dried and smoked these are known as Chipotles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cem\u003eScoville scale\u003c\/em\u003e is a measurement of the pungency (spicy heat) of chilli peppers—such as the jalapeno, the bhut jolokia, and the world's current hottest pepper, the Carolina Reaper—or other spicy foods as reported in Scoville heat units (SHU), a function of capsaicin concentration. Capsaicin is one of many related chemicals, collectively called capsaicinoids. The scale is named after its creator, American pharmacist Wilbur Scoville. His method, devised in 1912, is known as the Scoville Organoleptic Test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 448px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eSow indoors January to April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eLikes a sunny position.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003ePrefers well drained soil that must be kept moist.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per pot\/container.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eOnce they reach roughly 30cm they will need staking for support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eGive a nitrogen feed once 2 to 3 chillies have appeared.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eHarvest in 18 to 20 weeks, from July to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eThe average jalapeño peppers have a heat rating of 2,500 to 8000 on the Scoville scale.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eWash your hands immediately after handling chillies. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eAll chillies are better grown in a pot or container because the soil can warm up quickly. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eIf you have only one chilli growing and you see no others forming, pick it, this will encourage more to grow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eHot peppers like to be grouped with cucumbers, aubergine, tomato, okra, Swiss chard and squash.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eChillies are rich in antioxidant plant compounds that have been linked with various health benefits. Most notable is capsaicin, which is responsible for the pungent (hot) taste of chilli peppers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 313px;\"\u003eFantastic in salsas and hot and fiery sauces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"20","offer_id":28086843025,"sku":"CH-JAL-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"5","offer_id":28086842961,"sku":"CH-JAL-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Jalapeno.png?v=1549730552"},{"product_id":"parsley-plain-leaved","title":"Parsley Plain Leaved","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003ePlain leaved \u003cstrong\u003eParsley\u003c\/strong\u003e has an intense flavour which is stronger than the curled varieties. It is therefore a popular herb to use as a garnish for fish and meat dishes or to flavour casseroles and soups as part of a bouquet garni.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eAlthough slow to germinate, once the seedlings have appeared, parsley is a low maintenance herb and regular harvesting will encourage new growth all year round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eSow indoors from late February, outdoors from late March through to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eBest sown direct into final growing position, either in a bed or container. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eSow 1.25cm (1\/2in deep) , 15cm (6in) apart, preferably in a partially shaded location.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eParsley seeds will germinate best in warm soil and when a temperature of 18-21C (65-70F) is maintained until after germination. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eKeep compost moist at all times but do not overwater.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eIf sowing early in the season outside, protect from any late frost. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eFor seedlings sown indoors , harden off for 7 to 10 days before moving outside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eKeep well watered and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eAt the first sign of flower heads appearing, remove them if you wish to continue harvesting the leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eParsley in pots can be brought inside during Autumn ( before first frosts) to prolong the harvesting period.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eHarvest in 12 - 14 weeks after sowing in first year, and all year round in second year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eGermination can be slow , therefore soak seed in lukewarm water overnight before sowing to speed this up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eIf at any time the leaves turn a little yellow, cut back to encourage new growth and feed with a liquid fertilizer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eHarvest whole stems 2cm above the soil to encourage new growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eParsley is biennial and will require replacing after the second season once it begins to flower and produce seed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eAsparagus, Tomato and Basil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003ePacked with vitamins A, B and C as well as calcium, magnesium, sodium and essential fatty acids.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 324px;\"\u003eDecorative as a garnish for fish and meat dishes, and in salads, soups, sauces and casseroles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":28697830417,"sku":"PR-PLL-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":28697830481,"sku":"PR-PLL-001-b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Small_parsley_Plain_leaved.png?v=1549730606"},{"product_id":"parsley-moss-curled","title":"Parsley Moss Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMoss curled \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParsley\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e has attractive dark green tightly crinkled leaves which provide a delicate flavouring for casseroles, soups and sauces. It grows vigorously and will look great in any garden patio or on a kitchen windowsill. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough Parsley seeds are slow to germinate, once the seedlings have appeared they are very low maintenance and regular harvesting will prolong the season well into winter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 447px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow indoors from late February, outdoors from late March through to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eBest sown direct into final growing position, either in a bed or container. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eSow 1.25cm (1\/2in deep), 15cm (6in) apart, preferably in a partially shaded location.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eParsley seeds will germinate best in warm soil and when a temperature of 18-21C (65-70F) is maintained until after germination. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eKeep compost moist at all times but do not overwater.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf sowing early in the season outside, protect from any late frost. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eFor seedlings sown indoors, harden off for 7 to 10 days before moving outside, after the last frost.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eKeep well watered and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eAt the first sign of flower heads appearing, remove them if you wish to continue harvesting the leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eParsley in pots can be brought inside during Autumn ( before first frosts) to prolong the harvesting period.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eHarvest in 12 -14 weeks after sowing in first year, and all year round in second year.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGermination can be slow, therefore soak seed in lukewarm water overnight before sowing to speed this up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eIf at any time the leaves turn a little yellow, cut back to encourage new growth and feed with a liquid fertilizer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eHarvest whole stems 2cm above the soil to encourage new growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eParsley is biennial and will require replacing after the second season once it begins to flower and produce seed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eGrows well with Asparagus, Tomato and Basil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003ePacked with vitamins A, B and C as well as calcium, magnesium, sodium and essential fatty acids.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 312px;\"\u003eDecorative as a garnish for fish and meat dishes, and in salads, soups sauces and casseroles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":28740567313,"sku":"PR-CUR-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":28740567377,"sku":"PR-CUR-001-b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_-Moss_Curled.png?v=1549730606"},{"product_id":"basil-sweet-genovese","title":"Basil Sweet Genovese","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSweet Genovese \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is a variety of sweet basil from Italy (origins in India). This popular variety is used often as it is less likely to become bitter after slow periods of cooking and also less likely to bolt. Genovese makes great tasting Pesto from its large, aromatic bright green 'taste of summer' leaves.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 439px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors from late February, outdoors from late March to June.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 198px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 44px;\"\u003eDirect sow outside either thinly in rows or sparsely in pots.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eLightly cover seed with 1\/2cm (1\/4in) moist compost and keep moist, but do not overwater. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 44px;\"\u003eCan be started off on your windowsill or propagator.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 44px;\"\u003eIf sowing early in the season outside, protect from any late frost. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 198px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eMake kitchen access easy by transplanting on into a large pot and keeping by your kitchen door.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIf started in a pot or container transplant the complete pot rootball to avoid any root disturbance. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eBasil require little care once established, keep watered in dry spells and pick leaves from the plant as required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 66px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eBasil plants do not like the cold therefore a warm sunny spot on a patio or windowsill is ideal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 22px;\"\u003eMay to October, when leaves are young.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eAlthough basil grows best outdoors, it can be grown indoors in a pot and, like most herbs, will do best on a sunny windowsill. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eIt should be kept away from cold drafts, and grows best in strong sunlight, therefore a greenhouse is ideal if available.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 66px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 66px;\"\u003eBasil repels the white fly and makes a good companion to tomatoes, both in the garden and in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBasil is rich in vitamins A, K and C and also magnesium, iron, potassium and calcium. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGreat for pesto, good for salads, or served simply with tomato and mozzarella.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":28743991505,"sku":"BA-SWG-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":28743991569,"sku":"BA-SWG-001b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Basil_Sweet_Genovese.png?v=1708653689"},{"product_id":"chives","title":"Chives","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChives\u003c\/strong\u003e are a perennial member of the onion family and have a mild onion flavour which goes well with cheese, eggs and in creamy sauces. They have beautiful pink-mauve pom pom like flowers (which are also edible) that attract \u003cstrong\u003ebees\u003c\/strong\u003e and other pollinating insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChives are ideal for edging paths and borders, and \u003cstrong\u003egrowing in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e. They also make an excellent companion plant, deterring pests such as carrot root fly. Chives are an essential addition to the herb garden, are easy to grow and regular harvesting helps to stimulate further new young growth, which has the best flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 456px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eSow indoors March to May, sow directly outdoors from May to August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eSow seeds indoors  0.5cm (¼ in) deep, in pots or trays of compost and lightly cover the seeds with a sprinkling of compost , and place at a temperature of 15-20°C.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eSow outdoors where they are to crop, 0.5cm (¼in) deep, directly into finely-prepared soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eKeep soil moist at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eSeeds sown direct outside should be thinned out to 15cm (6in) apart once the seedlings are large enough to handle. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eIf transplanting outside gradually harden off for 7 to 10 days before planting out 15cm (6in) apart once all risk of frost has passed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eChives are the ideal herbs to plant in a container, which can be in your garden or on a windowsill.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eWater in dry spells otherwise the leaves will turn yellow and die\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eStart to harvest after 90 days from sowing, then harvest May to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eChives are a perennial herb, and will keep their leaves in most winters. In colder winters, the leaves may die back completely, but their roots are still alive and new growth should appear in spring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eWhen harvesting cut near the base of the greenery, not the chive tips, to encourage new tender shoots to emerge. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eGrow with carrots, peppers, potatoes, brassicas and tomatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eChives are a good source of vitamins A and C, and are also said to stimulate the appetite and strengthen the stomach. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 318px;\"\u003eChives goes well with cheese, eggs and are a great addition to salads and sauces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":28745093073,"sku":"CHI-CHI-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75","offer_id":28745093137,"sku":"CH-CHI-001-b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Chives.png?v=1549730555"},{"product_id":"coriander-calypso","title":"Coriander Calypso","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoriander\u003c\/strong\u003e Calypso is a an excellent leaf variety which has been specifically British bred and is extremely slow to bolt. This quick growing herb can be cut and harvested up to 4 times and its fragrant leaves go well in curries, soups and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrow in pots\u003c\/strong\u003e by the back door and you will be able to harvest this delicious herb whenever you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 454px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to May and outdoors May to July.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 176px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eCoriander seeds are best sown direct where they are to grow as transplanting them can cause them to prematurely bolt. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow thinly 1cm (½in) deep in either pots of firm pre watered compost or direct into beds outside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eKeep soil moist at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow every 2-3 weeks to ensure a constant supply of Coriander leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWhen large enough to handle, thin seedlings to 5cm (2in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eTo prevent Coriander plants running to seed, ensure they are kept well watered at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWhen the flowering stem appears in July to August, remove to prolong the leaf production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 22px;\"\u003eApril to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 110px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 66px;\"\u003eContinue to harvest the coriander leaves throughout the season to encourage fresh growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eMake sure, too, that the soil never dries out as coriander do not like drought-like conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGrows well with Cabbage, Spinach, Lettuce, Tomato and Legumes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eCoriander is high in Vitamins A, K and C. It is also high in Iron and Manganese.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 319px; height: 44px;\"\u003eCoriander can be added to curries, soups and salads. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"200","offer_id":28745610513,"sku":"CO-CAL-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75","offer_id":28745610577,"sku":"CO-CAL-001-b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Coriander_Calypso.png?v=1549730556"},{"product_id":"lemongrass","title":"Lemongrass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLemongrass\u003c\/strong\u003e is an interesting and useful addition to the herb garden especially if you like Thai or Vietnamese cuisine. The long, slender, pale green stems of the lemongrass have a unique fragrant lemony tang. Once germinated this quick growing herb can be used fresh, dried or frozen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis very attractive plant looks great in a pot or in a mixed bed as an ornamental grass. This tender perennial must be grown in warm weather or inside a greenhouse and must not be exposed to frosts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eJanuary to March indoors or under glass. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eSow on the surface of moist compost and cover with a very fine sprinkling of compost or vermiculite.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003ePlace the seed tray in a propagator at a temperature of 20-25C (70-75F) or seal it inside a polythene bag. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eKeep the compost moist but not wet. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eDo not exclude light as this aids germination which can take from 21-40 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are large enough to handle, transplant and grow them on in cooler conditions until large enough to plant outdoors. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eHarden off over 7 to 10 days outdoors when lemon grass plants are well grown and all risk of frost has passed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003ePlant lemon grass outdoors in a warm, sunny and sheltered spot at 30cm (12in) apart in moist, well drained soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eAlternatively grow lemon grass plants permanently in 25-30cm (10-12in) containers in a warm greenhouse or conservatory.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eAll year round once established.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eKeep lemon grass plants well watered throughout summer and provide an occasional liquid feed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eHarvest individual stems of lemongrass when required by snapping them off at the base of the plant. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eTo over winter, lift the plants in early autumn, pot up and grow through the winter in a greenhouse with a minimum winter temperature of 7C (45F). Keep the compost just moist throughout winter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eGrow with tomatoes and peppers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eA good source of the minerals Folate, Iron, Manganese and Potassium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eLemongrass is best known for its use in Asian cuisine, especially Thai and Vietnamese. It can be used in salad, sauces and stir fries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":28746505553,"sku":"LE-LEM-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":28746505617,"sku":"LE-LEM-001-b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Lemongrass.png?v=1549730595"},{"product_id":"mint-green","title":"Mint (Greenmint)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGrowing \u003cstrong\u003eMint\u003c\/strong\u003e is very easy and this aromatic herb plant has a multitude of culinary uses, ranging from mint sauce as accompaniment to roasted lamb, as a garnish for summer drinks or served sweet with chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis vigorous perennial is best planted in a \u003cstrong\u003epot or container,\u003c\/strong\u003e to control its spread, making it perfect to grow outside your back door or on a patio. Mint is an exceptionally fragrant and ornamental plant and is extremely attractive to \u003cstrong\u003ebutterflies and bees\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a wonderful addition to any garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 450px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 312px;\"\u003eIndoors or under glass February to June.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 88px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 312px;\"\u003eMint grows best in rich, moist soil in partial shade.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 312px;\"\u003eSow seeds indoors 0.5cm (¼ in) deep, in pots or trays of compost and lightly cover the seeds with a sprinkling of compost , and place at a temperature of 15-20°C.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"height: 126px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are large enough to handle, transplant into 7.5cm (3in) pots and harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eIf to be grown outdoors transplant them into their final growing position once the risk of frost has passed, 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 38px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 38px; width: 312px;\"\u003eIf growing in a pot thin to 2-3 plants per pot.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 124px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eCut the leaves, as required, a few from each plant so that they will regrow quickly. Leaves can be frozen for later use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 22px; width: 312px;\"\u003eMay to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"height: 110px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 312px;\"\u003eMint have creeping roots which spread very easily, therefore avoid planting mint direct into the ground, instead plant in containers which are then sunk into the ground. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eIn autumn cut back the old stems and new growth will appear the following spring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 124px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eEvery three years mint plants should be divided and re-potted in fresh soil and compost to maintain healthy growth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eMint is a great companion plant to tomatoes and cabbages, repelling the Cabbage White Butterflies, Aphids and Flea Beetles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 44px; width: 312px;\"\u003eMint is rich in Vitamins A and C and essential minerals such as manganese, copper, iron, potassium and calcium.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"height: 66px; width: 312px;\"\u003eMint can be used to make the classic mint sauce which goes particularly well with lamb, and great when used to flavour peas and new potatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":28747079121,"sku":"MI-GMI-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":28747079185,"sku":"MI-GMI-001-b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Mint-Greenmint.png?v=1549730603"},{"product_id":"oregano-greek","title":"Oregano Greek","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis popular herb whose name means \"joy of the mountain\" is an easy to grow perennial which only needs moderate water once established. \u003cstrong\u003eOregano\u003c\/strong\u003e is an excellent culinary herb with a strong aroma and flavour and is used extensively in Greek and Italian cuisine, especially Pizza!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOregano can also be grown as a ornamental plant either in a flower bed, hanging basket or window box and the flowers which appear in midsummer attract both bees and other pollinating insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 460px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eAll year round indoors, outdoors May to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eGrows best in light well drained soil, in a sunny position. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eSow seeds indoors 0.5cm (¼ in) deep, in pots or trays of compost and lightly cover the seeds with a sprinkling of compost , and place at a temperature of 15-20°C.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eSow direct outside, once all risk of frost has passed, in shallow seed drills or in pots or containers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are large enough to handle, transplant into 7.5cm (3in) pots and harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eIf to be grown outdoors transplant them into their final growing position once the risk of frost has passed, 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eDirect sown seedlings can be thinned to 30cm (12in) or if growing in a pot thin to 2-3 plants per pot.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eWhilst the plant is still young keep the compost moist however once established do not overwater.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eApril to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eFrequent harvests will produce a bushier plant and keep foliage succulent.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eOregano will therefore go dormant in winter (almost dead looking). Avoid over watering during this period and new growth should appear in spring. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003ePlant Oregano near broccoli, cabbage and cauliflower to repel cabbage butterfly and near cucumbers to repel cucumber beetle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eOregano is a good source of Vitamin K, Iron and manganese. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 325px;\"\u003eUsed extensively in Italian, Greek, Spanish, North African and Mexican cuisines. Oregano goes particularly well with tomatoes, vegetables and grilled meat. Use in pasta sauces and on pizzas. It retains its flavour well and can be used either fresh or dried. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":28747889489,"sku":"OR-GRE-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":28747889617,"sku":"OR-GRE-001-b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Grek_Oregano.png?v=1549730604"},{"product_id":"rosemary","title":"Rosemary","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRosemary\u003c\/strong\u003e, a hardy perennial, can be used for ornamental, culinary and medicinal purposes. It's dark foliage are like soft pine needles with an aromatic scent and flavour. Rosemary can be grown as a clipped hedge, pruned and shaped as topiaries or simply grown as a culinary herb in a pot or container on a patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow indoors March to May.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eGrows best in light well drained soil, in a sunny position. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eSow seed on the surface of lightly firmed, barely moist seed compost in pots or trays.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eCover with a sprinkle of finely sieved compost as they need light to germinate and maintain at a temperature of 18 to 24°C (65 to 75°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are large enough to handle, transplant into 7.5cm (3in) pots and harden off the plants for 7 to 10 days. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003ePlant them outside in their final growing position once the risk of frost has passed, 38cm (15in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhilst the plant is still young keep the compost moist however once established, since rosemary is a drought resistant plant, do not overwater.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eWhen transplanted, pinch out the tip of each stem to encourage the plants to bush outwards. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eAll year round once established.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eRosemary seeds can be slow to germinate, therefore ensure they are kept under ideal conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eDon’t over-harvest the plant in the first year to allow the rosemary time to become established. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eCabbage and Carrots as Rosemary repels cabbage white butterfly and carrot fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eRosemary is a good source of Vitamin A, Vitamin C, Vitamin B6, Folate, Calcium, Iron, Manganese, Magnesium and Dietary Fibre.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px;\"\u003eRosemary is an excellent herb to flavour soups, stews, fish or meat dishes. It goes well with roasted meats, especially lamb, pork, chicken and is a great addition to roast potatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":28748361873,"sku":"RO-ROS-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":28748361937,"sku":"RO-ROS-001-b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Rosemary.png?v=1549730618"},{"product_id":"thyme-english-winter","title":"Thyme - English Winter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe English Winter \u003cstrong\u003eThyme\u003c\/strong\u003e is a low growing, hardy perennial with woody stems and small, oval dark green leaves. The small leaves have a powerful aromatic flavour and are an important ingredient in \u003cem\u003eBouquet Garni\u003c\/em\u003e and \u003cem\u003eHerbes de Provence\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pale mauve-pink flowers are extremely attractive to bees and butterflies, making thyme a useful addition to any garden whether in a herb garden, as an edging plant on a mixed border, in a rock garden or in a hanging basket.      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 458px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eSow indoors March to early May and outdoors late May, August and September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003ePrefers well-drained soil and a sunny position.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eSow indoors, thinly in pots or trays, onto moist well-drained seed compost and cover with a little soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eSow outdoors, once the soil has warmed, thinly onto the surface of a well prepared bed, with rows 30cm (12in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eMixing the seed with horticultural sand may make it easier to sow thinly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eKeep the soil moist, but not wet and germination should occur in about  15 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are about 5cm (2in) tall, transplant outside after hardening off for 7 to 10 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003ePlace in either a pot or container or direct into the garden, with 15cm (6in) between each plant and 30cm (12in) between rows. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eKeep watered in dry spells and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003ePlace a collar of horticultural grit or gravel around plants in the ground to protect the foliage from rotting in wet soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eJune to September in first year, all year round once established.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eHarvest sparingly in the first year to allow the plant to establish itself.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003ePinch out the growing tip of small plants to encourage a bushier plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eCabbages, cauliflowers, brussels sprouts and other brassicas as thyme deters the cabbage root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eA good source of Vitamins A, C \u0026amp; K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 124px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 320px;\"\u003eThyme leaves and stems are indispensable in flavouring soups, stews, sauces, stuffing or in beef, pork, lamb or chicken dishes. Thyme is best known as one of the primary components in a classic bouquet garni and in Herbes de Provence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":28749740433,"sku":"TH-ENW-001","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":28749740497,"sku":"TH-ENW-001-b","price":0.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Thyme_English_Winter.png?v=1549730635"},{"product_id":"thyme-purple-creeping","title":"Thyme - Purple Creeping","description":"\u003cp\u003ePurple Creeping \u003cstrong\u003eThyme\u003c\/strong\u003e forms evergreen dense cushions 5 to 10cm (2 to 4in) tall along the ground or cascading over the edge of a pot, rockery or wall. Creeping thyme is an easy plant to maintain, it does not tend to take-over and can easily be confined to a specific area. Its leaves can be used as a culinary herb and the abundant purple flowers are very attractive to bees and butterflies.     \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 455px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors March to early May and outdoors late May, August and September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePrefers well-drained soil and a sunny position.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow indoors, thinly in pots or trays, onto moist well-drained seed compost and cover with a little soil. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eSow outdoors, once the soil has warmed, thinly onto the surface of a well prepared bed, with rows 30cm (12in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eMixing the seed with horticultural sand may make it easier to sow thinly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eKeep the soil moist, but not wet and germination should occur in about  15 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eWhen seedlings are about 5cm tall, transplant outside after hardening off for 7 to 10 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePlace in either a pot or container or direct into the garden, with 15cm (6in) between each plant and 30cm(12in) between rows. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eKeep watered in dry spells and weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePlace a collar of horticultural grit or gravel around plants in the ground to protect the foliage from rotting in wet soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eJune to September in first year, all year round once established.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eHarvest sparingly in the first year to allow the plant to establish itself.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003ePinch out the growing tip of small plants to encourage a bushier plant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eCabbages, cauliflowers, brussels sprouts and other brassicas as thyme deters the cabbage root fly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eA good source of Vitamins A, C \u0026amp; K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 120px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 321px;\"\u003eThyme leaves and stems are indispensable in flavouring soups, stews, sauces, stuffing or in beef, pork, lamb or chicken dishes. Thyme is best known as one of the primary components in a classic bouquet garni and in Herbes de Provence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":28750231121,"sku":"TH-PUC-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"200","offer_id":28750231185,"sku":"TH-PUC-001-b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/PurpleCreepingThyme.png?v=1663346063"},{"product_id":"cosmos-sensation-mixed","title":"Cosmos - Sensation Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCosmos 'Sensation Mixed'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tall, upright variety which produces an abundance of daisy-like flowers which will look great at the back of a border. The foliage is delicate and fern like, and the flowers come in a range of colours including white, pink and carmine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis excellent, easy to grow annual flower will produce a bright bloom all summer long right through until late October and is ideal for cut flowers. The \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebees and butterflies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e love them too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 450px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow indoors March to April or outdoors April to May.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow indoors in moist compost filled pots or trays 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep and cover the seeds with a very fine sprinkling of compost or vermiculite. Place in a warm position (temperature of 15-20°C (60-68°F) is ideal).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eSow direct outdoors in flowering position 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eFor seeds sown indoors, when seedlings are large enough to handle and all risk of frost has passed, acclimatise them to outdoor conditions over 7 to 10 days. Then transplant into final growing position planting them 30cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eThin the seedlings sown outdoors out so they are 30cm (12in) apart. Carefully replant thinned plants to fill any gaps.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eWater well until plants are established. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eDeadhead to prolong flowering and encourage new flower buds. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003ePinch out the growing tip of each stem when transplanting to encourage stems to branch and produce more Cosmos flowers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUses \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003eIdeal for cut flowers and as a tall flower at the back of a border.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e120cm (48in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 109px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 327px;\"\u003e30cm (12in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"50","offer_id":29136320017,"sku":"CO-SEM-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"20","offer_id":29136320081,"sku":"CO-SEM-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Cosmos_Sensation_Mixed.png?v=1549730558"},{"product_id":"nasturtium-jewel-mixed","title":"Nasturtium - Jewel Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNasturtium 'Jewel Mixed'\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in warm shades of red, orange and yellow and will grow almost anywhere. Nasturtiums can be used as edgings or at the front of a flower bed with other low-growing annuals and perennials. Allow plants to trail over walls or raised beds, and use them to add summertime colour to rock gardens. They also look beautiful in containers and window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese annuals will easily self seed and new seedlings can be pricked out in Spring and moved to where you want them to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNasturtium\u003c\/strong\u003e is also one of the best companion plants for the vegetable garden deterring many pests, especially of the cucurbit family, and also attract many other predatory insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 453px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eOutdoors March to June.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eNasturtium seeds are best sown direct outside where they are to flower as the seedlings do not transplant well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eBefore sowing Nasturtium seeds, soak the flower seeds overnight in warm water. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eSow seeds 1cm (1\/2in) deep in a well prepared bed 25cm (10in) apart or in a container\/hanging basket. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eWater well until plants are established. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eDeadhead to prolong flowering and encourage new flower buds. Nasturtium will continue blooming until first frost.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eDo not fertilise, except on extremely poor soil, as fertilization will promote leaf growth and suppress flowering. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eNasturtium will continue blooming until frost.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eJune to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eNasturtium is one of the best companion plants for the vegetable garden. They repel a great many cucurbit pests, like squash bugs, cucumber beetles, and several caterpillars. They have a similar range of benefits for brassica plants, especially broccoli and cauliflower. They also serve as a trap crop against black fly aphids.  Nasturtium is one of the best companion plants for the vegetable garden deterring many pests and attracting predatory insects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUses\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003eNasturtiums are pretty annuals to use as edgings or at the front of a flower bed with other low-growing annuals and perennials. Allow plants to trail over walls or raised beds, and use them to add summertime colour to rock gardens. They also look beautiful in containers and window boxes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003e20cm (8in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 141px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 302px;\"\u003e25cm (10in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"20","offer_id":29991791825,"sku":"NA-JEM-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"8","offer_id":29991791889,"sku":"NA-JEM-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Btmap_Nasturtium_Jewel_mixed.png?v=1549730604"},{"product_id":"poppy-ladybird","title":"Poppy - Ladybird","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePoppy 'Ladybird'\u003c\/strong\u003e is bright and cheerful, with large crimson flowers and distinctive black spots which makes them look like the spots on a ladybird. Easy to grow and hardy, it can be sown in both spring and autumn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt was awarded the \u003cstrong\u003eRHS Award of Garden Merit\u003c\/strong\u003e and is recognised as an excellent attractor and nectar source for bees and other pollinating insects and is included on the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRHS Perfect for Pollinators\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e list.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 456px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eOutdoors March to May, August to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003ePoppy seeds are best sown direct outside where they are to flower as the seedlings do not transplant well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eSow seeds thinly 1cm (1\/2in) deep in a well prepared bed and cover with a fine compost and water well.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eThin the seedlings gradually so that by early summer they are spaced 20cm (8in) apart, leaving the strongest and healthiest seedlings to grow on.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eDeadhead to prolong flowering and encourage new flower buds. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eFor a continuous display of poppy's make successional sowings. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eRemove seed pods before the seed is shed if you do not wish them to self seed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eJune to September.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUses\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003eBorders and beds and cut flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003e40cm (16in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 116px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 326px;\"\u003e20cm (8in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"500","offer_id":29993514321,"sku":"PO-LAD-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":29993514385,"sku":"PO-LAD-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Poppy_Ladybird.png?v=1549730611"},{"product_id":"sunflower-giant-yellow-single","title":"Sunflower - Giant Yellow Single","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGiant Yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e is an easy and fast growing \u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e that is a great variety to grow with children. The large bright yellow heads grow on long strong stems which grow up to 2-3m in height. They are also a useful flower to grow in a border, providing both height and colour. The flowers can be also be used as a cut flower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGiant Yellow Single S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e attracts bees and butterflies and is included on the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eRHS Perfect for Pollinators\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e list. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 44px;\"\u003eIndoors February to March, and outdoors April to May.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSunflowers need full sun (6-8 hours of direct sunlight per day - the more the better if you are trying to grow them to their maximum potential) and are best sown direct where they are to flower.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 66px;\"\u003eFor earlier blooms sow indoors in pots, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep  and keep at 13 to 18°C (55 to 65°F) until after germination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow outdoors direct, either in pots or in a flower bed, 1.5cm (3\/4in) deep and 45cm (18in) apart.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 71px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 121px; height: 137px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 71px;\"\u003eWhen the risk of frost has passed, transplant seedlings sown indoors to final flowering position after hardening off for 7 to 10 days.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 22px;\"\u003eProtect young plants from slugs with a cloche.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater the plants regularly and apply a liquid fertiliser when the  plants are 60cm (2ft) tall.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 66px;\"\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 66px;\"\u003eAs the plant grows provide support, in the form of canes or trellis,  if they are in an exposed windy position.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to September\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companion plant for peppers, cucumbers and tomatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUses\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 44px;\"\u003eUseful in the border or as a cut flower. Attracts Bees and Butterflies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 22px;\"\u003e2.5m (8ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 121px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 322px; height: 22px;\"\u003e45cm (18in) \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":30036864145,"sku":"SU-GYS-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":30036864209,"sku":"SU-GYS-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Sunflower_Giant_Yellow_Single.png?v=1549730628"},{"product_id":"tomato-super-marmande","title":"Tomato Super Marmande","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Marmande\u003c\/strong\u003e is a French \u003cstrong\u003eheritage\u003c\/strong\u003e variety and classic beefsteak tomato which is firm fleshed, meaty and full flavoured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe irregular scarlet-red Super Marmande tomato is touched with pink on the shoulder and averages 160 to 180g in weight. The semi bush variety is easy to grow either in a \u003cstrong\u003egreenhouse or outdoors\u003c\/strong\u003e and will require some support for the heavy fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal grilled, fried, sliced on sandwiches or with mozzarella and olive oil, this a tomato to impress your friends.....\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 418.792px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. Can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C and lycopene, all helping to stimulate your body’s immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 293.792px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile, eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":6871699390500,"sku":"TO-SUP-005","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":6871699423268,"sku":"TO-SUP-005b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Tomato_Super_Marmande.png?v=1549730640"},{"product_id":"lettuce-mixed","title":"Lettuce Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce 'Mixed'\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mixed range, perfect to grow for baby leaves. The mix includes a wide range of colours, tastes and textures including \u003cstrong\u003eButterhead\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eCos\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eRomaine\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eIceberg\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eBatavian\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eOak Leaf\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eRed Salad Bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eLollo Bionda\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eLollo Rossa\u003c\/strong\u003e amongst others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow the mix in either a bed or pot and all summer long you will have your own mixed salad bag right outside your door \u003cstrong\u003e(without the plastic packaging!)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 429.903px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003eSow successionally end of February to August (Feb\/March indoors or in a greenhouse\/ April to August outdoors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003ePrefers light, well drained, moisture retentive, fertile soil in a sunny open site but will tolerate light shade in summer. Sow indoors or in a greenhouse, thinly in moist compost filled modules or trays, 1cm (1\/2in) deep. Sow outdoors, thinly in final growing position, 1cm (1\/2in) deep, with rows 30 cm (12in) apart. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor sowings prick out into individual pots and grow on until ready to transplant to final growing position, in late April\/Early May, after hardening off for 7 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant 20cm (8in) apart in rows 30cm (12in) apart. For outdoor sowings, as soon as seedlings are large enough to handle, thin out weakest seedlings until plants are spaced 20cm (8in) apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeedlings can be transplanted into other rows ensuring that they are watered in well.  Water well, especially during periods of dry weather and in the 2 weeks prior to harvesting, and keep weed free. Regular cropping of baby leaves encourages new growth (up to 4 cuts) or cut the whole heads of mature plants when they are large enough to harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003eApril to October\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003eHarvest before the central stem starts to form as this is a sign the plant is ready to bolt.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003eGood Companion: Carrot, garlic, onion, and radish. Bad Companion: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003eA good source of antioxidants such as beta-carotene, lutein and vitamin C as well as vitamin K.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 304.903px;\"\u003ePerfect in salads as either baby leaf or mature leaves.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"400","offer_id":6871720394788,"sku":"LT-MIX-003","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150","offer_id":6871720427556,"sku":"LT-MIX-003b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Lettuce_Mixed.png?v=1773937722"},{"product_id":"aubergine-black-beauty","title":"Aubergine Black Beauty","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAubergine 'Black Beauty'\u003c\/strong\u003e is an excellent variety producing beautiful pear shaped, glossy, deep purple fruits with a nice flavour and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Beauty\u003c\/strong\u003e is relatively early to produce fruits and you will be harvesting aubergines from August onwards, best picked when the skin is still shiny.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAubergine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a staple of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern dishes and is excellent as a vegetable side dish in its own right, sliced thinly and baked in the oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 415.927px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eJanuary to April for growing under glass or March to April for planting outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eCan be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 20 to 25°C (68 to 77°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 50cm (20in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container. If the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003ePinch out the growing tip when the plant is 30cm (12in) high and stake the stems. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAdd tomato feed to each watering once the fruit have started to swell.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eHarvest fruits when they are about 12-15cm (5-6in) long and the skin surface is still shiny, as once they lose the shine they start to become bitter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAugust to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eMisting the foliage down with warm water will deter red spider mite and to help the flowers set.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eRemove remaining flowers when five or six fruits have set. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eGood companions Beans, peppers, tomatoes,\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAubergines are a good source of dietary fibre. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 113px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 290.927px;\"\u003eAubergines are an essential ingredient in many Southern European and Middle Eastern dishes and excellent as a vegetable sliced thinly and baked in the oven. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":6877029761060,"sku":"AU-BLA-001","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":6877043425316,"sku":"AU-BLA-001b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Aubergine_Black_Beauty.png?v=1734514605"},{"product_id":"garlic-chives","title":"Garlic Chives","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic chives\u003c\/strong\u003e have the same great mild onion flavour as chives but with a distinctive garlic scent and taste, so if you like chives and garlic you will love garlic chives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small white pompom flowers are also edible and are loved by bees and butterflies so they make a great addition to your vegetable patch. The leaves are best harvested young, and you can cut just what you need and the plant will regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives\u003c\/strong\u003e are ideal herbs to plant in a container, which can be in your garden or on a windowsill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 430.344px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eSow indoors March to May, sow directly outdoors from May to August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"3\" style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eSow seeds indoors  0.5cm (¼ in) deep, in pots or trays of compost and lightly cover the seeds with a sprinkling of compost , and place at a temperature of 15-20°C.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eSow outdoors where they are to crop, 0.5cm (¼in) deep, directly into finely-prepared soil.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eKeep soil moist at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"4\" style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eSeeds sown direct outside should be thinned out to 15cm (6in) apart once the seedlings are large enough to handle. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eIf transplanting outside gradually harden off for 7 to 10 days before planting out 15cm (6in) apart once all risk of frost has passed. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eGarlic Chives are the ideal herbs to plant in a container, which can be in your garden or on a windowsill.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eWater in dry spells otherwise the leaves will turn yellow and die\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eStart to harvest after 90 days from sowing, then harvest May to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eGarlic Chives are a perennial herb, and will keep their leaves in most winters. In colder winters, the leaves may die back completely, but their roots are still alive and new growth should appear in spring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eWhen harvesting cut near the base of the greenery, not the chive tips, to encourage new tender shoots to emerge. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eGrow with carrots, peppers, potatoes, brassicas and tomatoes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eGarlic Chives are a good source of vitamins A and C, and are also said to stimulate the appetite and strengthen the stomach. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 108px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 311.344px;\"\u003eGarlic Chives goes well with cheese, eggs and are a great addition to salads and sauces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"100","offer_id":6877051289636,"sku":"CH-GAR-002","price":1.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40","offer_id":6877051322404,"sku":"CH-GAR-002b","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_Garlic_Chives.png?v=1549730572"},{"product_id":"tomato-san-marzano-red-plum","title":"Tomato San Marzano Red Plum","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis classic Italian \u003cstrong\u003eheritage plum tomato\u003c\/strong\u003e is considered to be the best variety for making sauces and passata, and has been designated as the only tomato that can be used to make True Neapolitan Pizza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis prolific tomato will grow well in the greenhouse as well as outside, ripens quickly and produces crops over a long period. The fruits are meaty with a sweet flavour and contain very little water and few seeds which make it ideal for tomato sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 457px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 44px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eSow indoors February to April, delay sowing for outdoor crops until late March \/April.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 220px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eTomatoes prefer fertile well drained soil. San Marzano Red Plum tomatoes can be grown either in a greenhouse or outside, in a sunny sheltered position e.g. up against a wall or garage, either in a bed, large pot\/container or in grow bags.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eSow seeds 0.5cm (1\/4in) deep, in modules or trays filled with moist compost and place in a warm light position such as a south facing windowsill or where temperature is 18–21°C (65 to 70°F).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 164px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"5\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 472px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat to do Next\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 164px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the seedlings are about 15cm (6in) high, transplant to their final growing positions, planting 40cm (16in) apart if in a bed or 2 to 3 plants per grow bag\/container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plants are to be grown outdoors they should be hardened of for 7 to 10 days,  after the date of the last frost, prior to transplanting. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eErect support as soon as possible, either with canes or metal spiral supports at least 2m (6.5ft) tall. Tie in the main stem to the support as it grows.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eWater well to keep the compost evenly and consistently moist and keep weed free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 110px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 110px;\"\u003eRemove, 'pinch out', side shoots which appear between the leaf and main stem  and once 5 to 6 trusses have set remove the growing tip to ensure the plant focuses its energy on ensuring the remaining fruits mature and ripen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eWhen the first fruits start to form, feed with a liquid fertiliser (high in potash) and every 2 to 3 weeks up until the end of August.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 22px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 22px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 22px;\"\u003eJuly to October.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 132px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandy Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003eTry potting up side shoots as soon as they are removed, they should develop roots easily and will give you some additional plants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 66px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 66px;\"\u003ePick fruits before first frosts. If tomatoes are still green, pick and leave on a warm windowsill for them to ripen. \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd rowspan=\"2\" style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eGood companions: Basil, chives, garlic, marigolds, nasturtium, parsley.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 44px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 44px;\"\u003eBad Companions: Brassicas, sweetcorn, potato and fennel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 88px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 88px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 88px;\"\u003eTomatoes are packed with antioxidants and are rich in Vitamins A and C, all helping to stimulate your immune system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 154px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 129px; height: 154px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServing Suggestion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 314px; height: 154px;\"\u003eTomatoes are extremely versatile , eaten both cooked and raw. They can be sliced in a sandwich, eaten whole in a salad, chopped and cooked in various sauces or if a bigger variety, they can be stuffed and baked. The unripened green fruits can also be used in a tomato chutney.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seeds to Sow Limited","offers":[{"title":"30","offer_id":10039288168484,"sku":"TO-SAN-007","price":1.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"10","offer_id":10039288201252,"sku":"TO-SAN-007B","price":0.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/products\/Bitmap_San_Marzano_Red_Plum.png?v=1549730639"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1494\/7000\/collections\/image_ee58d079-a24f-4aef-b774-7fcb995ecb9f.jpg?v=1785962315","url":"https:\/\/www.seedstosow.co.uk\/collections\/small-seed-packets-from-seeds-to-sow.oembed","provider":"Seeds to Sow Limited","version":"1.0","type":"link"}